diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:25:21 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:25:21 -0700 |
| commit | 41d576e3397b80f1f10b5414d987eed6c2e399c5 (patch) | |
| tree | 58a0e3f1785b4b4ae474200045d1c31a83665ed9 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5336.txt | 4441 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5336.zip | bin | 0 -> 83311 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/strsb10.txt | 4619 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/strsb10.zip | bin | 0 -> 82777 bytes |
7 files changed, 9076 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/5336.txt b/5336.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4d1938 --- /dev/null +++ b/5336.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4441 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories by Foreign Authors, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Stories by Foreign Authors + +Author: Various + +Posting Date: August 25, 2012 [EBook #5336] +Release Date: March, 2004 +First Posted: July 2, 2002 +Last Updated: August 14, 2005 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES BY FOREIGN AUTHORS *** + + + + +Produced by Nicole Apostola, Charles Franks and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + + + + + + + + +STORIES BY FOREIGN AUTHORS + +SCANDINAVIAN + + + + +THE FATHER . . . . BY BJORNSTJERNE BJORNSON + +WHEN FATHER BROUGHT HOME THE LAMP . . . . BY JUHANI AHO + +THE FLYING MAIL . . . . BY M. GOLDSCHMIDT + +THE RAILROAD AND THE CHURCHYARD . . . . BY BJORNSTJERNE BJORNSON + +TWO FRIENDS . . . . BY ALEXANDER KIELLAND + +HOPES . . . . BY FREDERIKA BREMER + + + + + + +THE FATHER + +BY + +BJORNSTJERNE BJORNSON + + + + +From "The Bridal March." Translated by Prof. R. B. Anderson. + + +THE FATHER + +BY + +BJORNSTJERNE BJORNSON + + +The man whose story is here to be told was the wealthiest and most +influential person in his parish; his name was Thord Overaas. He +appeared in the priest's study one day, tall and earnest. + +"I have gotten a son," said he, "and I wish to present him for baptism." + +"What shall his name be?" + +"Finn,--after my father." + +"And the sponsors?" + +They were mentioned, and proved to be the best men and women of Thord's +relations in the parish. + +"Is there anything else?" inquired the priest, and looked up. + +The peasant hesitated a little. + +"I should like very much to have him baptized by himself," said he, +finally. + +"That is to say on a week-day?" + +"Next Saturday, at twelve o'clock noon." + +"Is there anything else?" inquired the priest. + +"There is nothing else;" and the peasant twirled his cap, as though he +were about to go. + +Then the priest rose. "There is yet this, however," said he, and +walking toward Thord, he took him by the hand and looked gravely into +his eyes: "God grant that the child may become a blessing to you!" + +One day sixteen years later, Thord stood once more in the priest's +study. + +"Really, you carry your age astonishingly well, Thord," said the +priest; for he saw no change whatever in the man. + +"That is because I have no troubles," replied Thord. + +To this the priest said nothing, but after a while he asked: "What is +your pleasure this evening?" + +"I have come this evening about that son of mine who is to be confirmed +to-morrow." + +"He is a bright boy." + +"I did not wish to pay the priest until I heard what number the boy +would have when he takes his place in church to-morrow." + +"He will stand number one." + +"So I have heard; and here are ten dollars for the priest." + +"Is there anything else I can do for you?" inquired the priest, fixing +his eyes on Thord. + +"There is nothing else." + +Thord went out. + +Eight years more rolled by, and then one day a noise was heard outside +of the priest's study, for many men were approaching, and at their head +was Thord, who entered first. + +The priest looked up and recognized him. + +"You come well attended this evening, Thord," said he. + +"I am here to request that the banns may be published for my son; he is +about to marry Karen Storliden, daughter of Gudmund, who stands here +beside me." + +"Why, that is the richest girl in the parish." + +"So they say," replied the peasant, stroking back his hair with one +hand. + +The priest sat a while as if in deep thought, then entered the names in +his book, without making any comments, and the men wrote their +signatures underneath. Thord laid three dollars on the table. + +"One is all I am to have," said the priest. + +"I know that very well; but he is my only child, I want to do it +handsomely." + +The priest took the money. + +"This is now the third time, Thord, that you have come here on your +son's account." + +"But now I am through with him," said Thord, and folding up his +pocket-book he said farewell and walked away. + +The men slowly followed him. + +A fortnight later, the father and son were rowing across the lake, one +calm, still day, to Storliden to make arrangements for the wedding. + +"This thwart is not secure," said the son, and stood up to straighten +the seat on which he was sitting. + +At the same moment the board he was standing on slipped from under him; +he threw out his arms, uttered a shriek, and fell overboard. + +"Take hold of the oar!" shouted the father, springing to his feet and +holding out the oar. + +But when the son had made a couple of efforts he grew stiff. + +"Wait a moment!" cried the father, and began to row toward his son. +Then the son rolled over on his back, gave his father one long look, +and sank. + +Thord could scarcely believe it; he held the boat still, and stared at +the spot where his son had gone down, as though he must surely come to +the surface again. There rose some bubbles, then some more, and finally +one large one that burst; and the lake lay there as smooth and bright +as a mirror again. + +For three days and three nights people saw the father rowing round and +round the spot, without taking either food or sleep; he was dragging +the lake for the body of his son. And toward morning of the third day +he found it, and carried it in his arms up over the hills to his gard. + +It might have been about a year from that day, when the priest, late +one autumn evening, heard some one in the passage outside of the door, +carefully trying to find the latch. The priest opened the door, and in +walked a tall, thin man, with bowed form and white hair. The priest +looked long at him before he recognized him. It was Thord. + +"Are you out walking so late?" said the priest, and stood still in +front of him. + +"Ah, yes! it is late," said Thord, and took a seat. + +The priest sat down also, as though waiting. A long, long silence +followed. At last Thord said: + +"I have something with me that I should like to give to the poor; I +want it to be invested as a legacy in my son's name." + +He rose, laid some money on the table, and sat down again. The priest +counted it. + +"It is a great deal of money," said he. + +"It is half the price of my gard. I sold it today." + +The priest sat long in silence. At last he asked, but gently: + +"What do you propose to do now, Thord?" + +"Something better." + +They sat there for a while, Thord with downcast eyes, the priest with +his eyes fixed on Thord. Presently the priest said, slowly and softly: + +"I think your son has at last brought you a true blessing." + +"Yes, I think so myself," said Thord, looking up, while two big tears +coursed slowly down his cheeks. + + + + + + +WHEN FATHER BROUGHT HOME THE LAMP + +BY + +JUHANI AHO + + +In spite of ethnological and philological distinctions, geographical +association makes it more natural to include a Finnish tale in the +volume with Scandinavian stories than in any other volume of this +collection. + + +From "Squire Hellman." Translated by R. Nisbet Bain. Published by the +Cassell Publishing Co. + + + + +WHEN FATHER BROUGHT HOME THE LAMP + +BY + +JUHANI AHO + + +When father bought the lamp, or a little before that, he said to mother: + +"Hark ye, mother--oughtn't we to buy us a lamp?" + +"A lamp? What sort of a lamp?" + +"What! Don't you know that the storekeeper who lives in the market town +has brought from St. Petersburg lamps that actually burn better than +ten PAREA? [Footnote: A pare (pr. payray; Swed., perta; Ger., pergei) +is a resinous pine chip, or splinter, used instead of torch or candle +to light the poorer houses in Finland.] They've already got a lamp of +the sort at the parsonage." + +"Oh, yes! Isn't it one of those things which shines in the middle of +the room so that we can see to read in every corner, just as if it was +broad daylight?" + +"That's just it. There's oil that burns in it, and you only have to +light it of an evening, and it burns on without going out till the next +morning." + +"But how can the wet oil burn?" + +"You might as well ask--how can brandy burn?" + +"But it might set the whole place on fire. When brandy begins to burn +you can't put it out, even with water." + +"How can the place be set on fire when the oil is shut up in a glass, +and the fire as well?" + +"In a glass? How can fire burn in a glass--won't it burst?" + +"Won't what burst?" + +"The glass." + +"Burst! No, it never bursts. It might burst, I grant you, if you +screwed the fire up too high, but you're not obliged to do that." + +"Screw up the fire? Nay, dear, you're joking--how CAN you screw up +fire?" + +"Listen, now! When you turn the screw to the right, the wick +mounts--the lamp, you know, has a wick, like any common candle, and a +flame too--but if you turn the screw to the left, the flame gets +smaller, and then, when you blow it, it goes out." + +"It goes out! Of course! I But I don't understand it a bit yet, however +much you may explain--some sort of new-fangled gentlefolk arrangement, +I suppose." + +"You'll understand it right enough when I've bought one." + +"How much does it cost?" + +"Seven and a half marks, and the oil separate at one mark the can." + +"Seven and a half marks and the oil as well! Why, for that you might +buy parea for many a long day--that is, of course, if you were inclined +to waste money on such things at all, but when Pekka splits them not a +penny is lost." + +"And you'll lose nothing by the lamp, either! Pare wood costs money +too, and you can't find it everywhere on our land now as you used to. +You have to get leave to look for such wood, and drag it hither to the +bog from the most out-of-the-way places--and it's soon used up, too." + +Mother knew well enough that pare wood is not so quickly used up as all +that, as nothing had been said about it up to now, and that it was only +an excuse to go away and buy this lamp. But she wisely held her tongue +so as not to vex father, for then the lamp and all would have been +unbought and unseen. Or else some one else might manage to get a lamp +first for his farm, and then the whole parish would begin talking about +the farm that had been the FIRST, after the parsonage, to use a lighted +lamp. So mother thought the matter over, and then she said to father: + +"Buy it, if you like; it is all the same to me if it is a pare that +burns, or any other sort of oil, if only I can see to spin. When, pray, +do you think of buying it?" + +"I thought of setting off to-morrow--I have some other little business +with the storekeeper as well." + +It was now the middle of the week, and mother knew very well that the +other business could very well wait till Saturday, but she did not say +anything now either, but, "the sooner the better," thought she. + +And that same evening father brought in from the storehouse the big +travelling chest in which grandfather, in his time, had stowed his +provisions when he came from Uleaborg, and bade mother fill it with hay +and lay a little cotton-wool in the middle of it. We children asked why +they put nothing in the box but hay and a little wool in the middle, +but she bade us hold our tongues, the whole lot of us. Father was in a +better humor, and explained that he was going to bring a lamp from the +storekeeper, and that it was of glass, and might be broken to bits if +he stumbled or if the sledge bumped too much. + +That evening we children lay awake a long time and thought of the new +lamp; but old scullery-Pekka, the man who used to split up all the +parea, began to snore as soon as ever the evening pare was put out. And +he didn't once ask what sort of a thing the lamp was, although we +talked about it ever so much. + +The journey took father all day, and a very long time it seemed to us +all. We didn't even relish our food that day, although we had milk soup +for dinner. But scullery-Pekka gobbled and guzzled as much as all of us +put together, and spent the day in splitting parea till he had filled +the outhouse full. Mother, too, didn't spin much flax that day either, +for she kept on going to the window and peeping out, over the ice, +after father. She said to Pekka, now and then, that perhaps we +shouldn't want all those parea any more, but Pekka couldn't have laid +it very much to heart, for he didn't so much as ask the reason why. + +It was not till supper time that we heard the horses' bells in the +courtyard. + +With the bread crumbs in our mouths, we children rushed out, but father +drove us in again and bade scullery-Pekka come and help with the chest. +Pekka, who had already been dozing away on the bench by the stove, was +so awkward as to knock the chest against the threshold as he was +helping father to carry it into the room, and he would most certainly +have got a sound drubbing for it from father if only he had been +younger, but he was an old fellow now, and father had never in his life +struck a man older than himself. Nevertheless, Pekka would have heard a +thing or two from father if the lamp HAD gone to pieces, but +fortunately no damage had been done. + +"Get up on the stove, you lout!" roared father at Pekka, and up on the +stove Pekka crept. + +But father had already taken the lamp out of the chest, and now let it +hang down from one hand. + +"Look! there it is now! How do you think it looks? You pour the oil +into this glass, and that stump of ribbon inside is the wick--hold that +pare a little further off, will you!" + +"Shall we light it?" said mother, as she drew back. + +"Are you mad? How can it be lighted when there's no oil in it?" + +"Well, but can't you pour some in, then?" + +"Pour in oil? A likely tale! Yes, that's just the way when people don't +understand these things; but the storekeeper warned me again and again +never to pour the oil in by firelight, as it might catch fire and burn +the whole house down." + +"Then when will you pour the oil into it!" + +"In the daytime--daytime, d'ye hear? Can't you wait till day? It isn't +such a great marvel as all that." "Have you SEEN it burn, then?" + +"Of course I have. What a question! I've seen it burn many a time, both +at the parsonage and when we tried this one here at the storekeeper's." + +"And it burned, did it?" + +"Burned? Of course it did, and when we put up the shutters of the shop, +you could have seen a needle on the floor. Look here, now! Here's a +sort of capsule, and when the fire is burning in this fixed glass here, +the light cannot creep up to the top, where it isn't wanted either, but +spreads out downward, so that you could find a needle an the floor." + +Now we should have all very much liked to try if we could find a needle +on the floor, but father rang up the lamp to the roof and began to eat +his supper. + +"This evening we must be content, once more, with a pare," said father, +as he ate; "but to-morrow the lamp shall burn in this very house." + +"Look, father! Pekka has been splitting parea all day, and filled the +outhouse with them." + +"That's all right. We've fuel now, at any rate, to last us all the +winter, for we sha'n't want them for anything else." + +"But how about the bathroom and the stable?" said mother. + +"In the bathroom we'll burn the lamp," said father. + +That night I slept still less than the night before, and when I woke in +the morning I could almost have wept, if I hadn't been ashamed, when I +called to mind that the lamp was not to be lit till the evening. I had +dreamed that father had poured oil into the lamp at night and that it +had burned the whole day long. + +Immediately when it began to dawn, father dug up out of that great +travelling chest of his a big bottle, and poured something out of it +into a smaller bottle. We should have very much liked to ask what was +in this bottle, but we daren't, for father looked so solemn about it +that it quite frightened us. + +But when he drew the lamp a little lower down from the ceiling and +began to bustle about it and unscrew it, mother could contain herself +no longer, and asked him what he was doing. + +"I am pouring oil into the lamp." + +"Well, but you're taking it to pieces! How will you ever get everything +you have unscrewed into its proper place again?" + +Neither mother nor we knew what to call the thing which father took out +from the glass holder. + +Father said nothing, but he bade us keep further off. Then he filled +the glass holder nearly full from the smaller bottle, and we now +guessed that there was oil in the larger bottle also. + +"Well, won't you light it now?" asked mother again, when all the +unscrewed things had been put back into their places and father hoisted +the lamp up to the ceiling again. + +"What! in the daytime?" + +"Yes--surely we might try it, to see how it will burn." + +"It'll burn right enough. Just wait till the evening, and don't bother." + +After dinner, scullery-Pekka brought in a large frozen block of wood to +split up into parea, and cast it from his shoulders on to the floor +with a thud which shook the whole room and set in motion the oil in the +lamp. + +"Steady!" cries father; "what are you making that row for?" + +"I brought in this pare-block to melt it a bit--nothing else will do +it--it is regularly frozen." + +"You may save yourself the trouble then," said father, and he winked at +us. + +"Well, but you can't get a blaze out of it at all, otherwise." + +"You may save yourself the trouble, I say." + +"Are no more parea to be split up, then?" + +"Well, suppose I DID say that no more parea were to be split up?" + +"Oh! 't is all the same to me if master can get on without 'em." + +"Don't you see, Pekka, what is hanging down from the rafters there?" +When father put this question he looked proudly up at the lamp, and +then he looked pityingly down upon Pekka. + +Pekka put his clod in the corner, and then, but not till then, looked +up at the lamp. + +"It's a lamp," says father, "and when it burns you don't want any more +pare light." + +"Oh!" said Pekka, and, without a single word more, he went off to his +chopping-block behind the stable, and all day long, just as on other +days, he chopped a branch of his own height into little fagots; but all +the rest of us were scarce able to get on with anything. Mother made +believe to spin, but her supply of flax had not diminished by one-half +when she shoved aside the spindle and went out. Father chipped away at +first at the handle of his axe, but the work must have been a little +against the grain, for he left it half done. After mother went away, +father went out also, but whether he went to town or not I don't know. +At any rate he forbade us to go out too, and promised us a whipping if +we so much as touched the lamp with the tips of our fingers. Why, we +should as soon have thought of fingering the priest's gold-embroidered +chasuble. We were only afraid that the cord which held up all this +splendor might break and we should get the blame of it. + +But time hung heavily in the sitting-room, and as we couldn't hit upon +anything else, we resolved to go in a body to the sleighing hill. The +town had a right of way to the river for fetching water therefrom, and +this road ended at the foot of a good hill down which the sleigh could +run, and then up the other side along the ice rift. + +"Here come the Lamphill children," cried the children of the town, as +soon as they saw us. + +We understood well enough what they meant, but for all that we did not +ask what Lamphill children they alluded to, for our farm was, of +course, never called Lamphill. + +"Ah, ah! We know! You've gone and bought one of them lamps for your +place. We know all about it!" + +"But how came you to know about it already?" + +"Your mother mentioned it to my mother when she went through our place. +She said that your father had bought from the storeman one of that sort +of lamps that burn so brightly that one can find a needle on the +floor--so at least said the justice's maid." + +"It is just like the lamp in the parsonage drawing-room, your father +told us just now. I heard him say so with my own ears," said the +innkeeper's lad. + +"Then you really have got a lamp like that, eh?" inquired all the +children of the town. + +"Yes, we have; but it is nothing to look at in the daytime, but in the +evening we'll all go there together." + +And we went on sleighing down hill and up hill till dusk, and every +time we drew our sleighs up to the hilltop, we talked about the lamp +with the children of the town. + +In this way the time passed quicker than we thought, and when we had +sped down the hill for the last time, the whole lot of us sprang off +homeward. + +Pekka was standing at the chopping block and didn't even turn his head, +although we all called to him with one voice to come and see how the +lamp was lit. We children plunged headlong into the room in a body. + +But at the door we stood stock-still. The lamp was already burning +there beneath the rafters so brightly that we couldn't look at it +without blinking. + +"Shut the door; it's rare cold," cried father, from behind the table. + +"They scurry about like fowls in windy weather," grumbled mother from +her place by the fireside. + +"No wonder the children are dazed by it, when I, old woman as I am, +cannot help looking up at it," said the innkeeper's old mother. + +"Our maid also will never get over it," said the magistrate's +step-daughter. + +It was only when our eyes had got a little used to the light that we +saw that the room was half full of neighbors. + +"Come nearer, children, that you may see it properly," said father, in +a much milder voice than just before. + +"Knock that snow off your feet, and come hither to the stove; it looks +quite splendid from here," said mother, in her turn. + +Skipping and jumping, we went toward mother, and sat us all down in a +row on the bench beside her. It was only when we were under her wing +that we dared to examine the lamp more critically. We had never once +thought that it would burn as it was burning now, but when we came to +sift the matter out we arrived at the conclusion that, after all, it +was burning just as it ought to burn. And when we had peeped at it a +good bit longer, it seemed to us as if we had fancied all along that it +would be exactly as it was. + +But what we could not make out at all was how the fire was put into +that sort of glass. We asked mother, but she said we should see how it +was done afterward. + +The townsfolk vied with each other in praising the lamp, and one said +one thing, and another said another. The innkeeper's old mother +maintained that it shone just as calmly and brightly as the stars of +heaven. The magistrate, who had sad eyes, thought it excellent because +it didn't smoke, and you could burn it right in the middle of the hall +without blackening the walls in the least, to which father replied that +it was, in fact, meant for the hall, but did capitally for the dwelling +room as well, and one had no need now to dash hither and thither with +parea, for all could now see by a single light, let them be never so +many. + +When mother observed that the lesser chandelier in church scarcely gave +a better light, father bade me take my ABC book, and go to the door to +see if I could read it there. I went and began to read: "Our Father." +But then they all said: "The lad knows that by heart." Mother then +stuck a hymn-book in my hand, and I set off with "By the Waters of +Babylon." + +"Yes; it is perfectly marvellous!" was the testimony of the townsfolk. + +Then said father: "Now if any one had a needle, you might throw it on +the floor and you would see that it would be found at once." + +The magistrate's step-daughter had a needle in her bosom, but when she +threw it on the floor, it fell into a crack, and we couldn't find it at +all--it was so small. + +It was only after the townsfolk had gone that Pekka came in. + +He blinked a bit at first at the unusual lamplight, but then calmly +proceeded to take off his jacket and rag boots. + +"What's that twinkling in the roof there enough to put your eyes out?" +he asked at last, when he had hung his stockings up on the rafters. + +"Come now, guess what it is," said father, and he winked at mother and +us. + +"I can't guess," said Pekka, and he came nearer to the lamp. + +"Perhaps it's the church chandelier, eh?" said father jokingly. + +"Perhaps," admitted Pekka; but he had become really curious, and passed +his thumb along the lamp. + +"There's no need to finger it," says father; "look at it, but don't +touch it." + +"All right, all right! I don't want to meddle with it!" said Pekka, a +little put out, and he drew back to the bench alongside the wall by the +door. + +Mother must have thought that it was a sin to treat poor Pekka so, for +she began to explain to him that it was not a church chandelier at all, +but what people called a lamp, and that it was lit with oil, and that +was why people didn't want parea any more. + +But Pekka was so little enlightened by the whole explanation that he +immediately began to split up the pare-wood log which he had dragged +into the room the day before. Then father said to him that he had +already told him there was no need to split parea any more. + +"Oh! I quite forgot," said Pekka; "but there it may bide if it isn't +wanted any more," and with that Pekka drove his pare knife into a rift +in the wall. + +"There let it rest at leisure," said father. + +But Pekka said never a word more. A little while after that he began to +patch up his boots, stretched on tiptoe to reach down a pare from the +rafters, lit it, stuck it in a slit fagot, and sat him down on his +little stool by the stove. We children saw this before father, who +stood with his back to Pekka planing away at his axe-shaft under the +lamp. We said nothing, however, but laughed and whispered among +ourselves, "If only father sees that, what will he say, I wonder?" And +when father did catch sight of him, he planted himself arms akimbo in +front of Pekka, and asked him, quite spitefully, what sort of fine work +he had there, since he must needs have a separate light all to himself? + +"I am only patching up my shoes," said Pekka to father. + +"Oh, indeed! Patching your shoes, eh? Then if you can't see to do that +by the same light that does for me, you may take yourself off with your +pare into the bath-house or behind it if you like." + +And Pekka went. + +He stuck his boots under his arm, took his stool in one hand and his +pare in the other, and off he went. He crept softly through the door +into the hall, and out of the hall into the yard. The pare light flamed +outside in the blast, and played a little while, glaring red, over +outhouses, stalls, and stables. We children saw the light through the +window and thought it looked very pretty. But when Pekka bent down to +get behind the bath-house door, it was all dark again in the yard, and +instead of the pare we saw only the lamp mirroring itself in the dark +window-panes. + +Henceforth we never burned a pare in the dwelling-room again. The lamp +shone victoriously from the roof, and on Sunday evenings all the +townsfolk often used to come to look upon and admire it. It was known +all over the parish that our house was the first, after the parsonage, +where the lamp had been used. After we had set the example, the +magistrate bought a lamp like ours, but as he had never learned to +light it, he was glad to sell it to the innkeeper, and the innkeeper +has it still. + +The poorer farmfolk, however, have not been able to get themselves +lamps, but even now they do their long evening's work by the glare of a +pare. + +But when we had had the lamp a short time, father planed the walls of +the dwelling-room all smooth and white, and they never got black again, +especially after the old stove, which used to smoke, had to make room +for another, which discharged its smoke outside and had a cowl. + +Pekka made a new fireplace in the bath-house out of the stones of the +old stove, and the crickets flitted thither with the stones--at least +their chirping was never heard any more in the dwelling room. Father +didn't care a bit, but we children felt, now and then, during the long +winter evenings, a strange sort of yearning after old times, so we very +often found our way down to the bath-house to listen to the crickets, +and there was Pekka sitting out the long evenings by the light of his +pare. + + + + + + +THE FLYING MAIL + +BY + +M. GOLDSCHMIDT + + +From "The Flying Mail." Translated by Carl Larsen. + + + + +THE FLYING MAIL + +BY + +M. GOLDSCHMIDT + + +I. + +Fritz Bagger had just been admitted to the bar. He had come home and +entered his room, seeking rest. All his mental faculties were now +relaxed after their recent exertion, and a long-restrained power was +awakened. He had reached a crisis in life: the future lay before +him,--the future, the future! What was it to be? He was twenty-four +years old, and could turn himself whichever way he pleased, let fancy +run to any line of the compass. Out upon the horizon, he saw little +rose-colored clouds, and nothing therein but a certain undefined bliss. +He put his hands over his eyes, and sought to bring this uncertainty +into clear vision; and after a long time had elapsed, he said: "Yes, +and so one marries." + +"Yes, one marries," he continued, after a pause; "but whom?" + +His thoughts now took a more direct course; but the pictures in his +mind's eye had not become plainer. Again the horizon widely around was +rose-colored, and between the tinted cloud-layers angel-heads peeped +out--not Bible angels, which are neither man nor woman; but angelic +girls, whom he didn't know, and who didn't know him. The truth was, he +didn't know anybody to whom he could give his heart, but longed, with a +certain twenty-four-year power, for her to whom he could offer it,--her +who was worthy to receive his whole self-made being, and in exchange +give him all that queer imagined bliss, which is or ought to be in the +world, as every one so firmly believes. + +"Oh, I am a fool!" he said, as he suddenly became conscious that he was +merely dreaming and wishing. He tried to think of something practical, +thought upon a little picnic that was to be held in the evening; but +the same dream returned and overpowered him, because the season of +spring was in him, because life thrilled in him as in trees and plants +when the spring sun shines. + +He leaned upon the window-seat--it was in an attic--and let the wind +cool his forehead. But while the wind refreshed, the street itself gave +his mind new nourishment. Down there it moved, to him unknown, and +veiled and hidden as at a masquerade. What a treasure might not that +easy virgin foot carry! What a fancy might there not be moving in the +head under that little bonnet, and what a heart might there not be +beating under the folds of that shawl! But, too, all this preciousness +might belong to another. + +Alas! yes, there were certainly many amiable ones down there!--and if +destiny should lead him to one of them, who was free, lovely, +well-bred, of good family, could any one vouch that for her sake he was +not giving up HER, the beau-ideal, the expected, whose portrait had +shown itself between the tinted clouds? or, in any event, who can vouch +for one's success in not missing the right one? + +"Oh! life is a lottery, a cruel lottery; for to everybody there is but +one drawing, and the whole man is at stake. Woe to the loser!" + +After the expiration of some time, Fritz, under the influence of these +meditations, had become melancholy, and all bright, smiling, and sure +as life had recently appeared to him, so misty, uncertain, and painful +it now appeared. For the second time he stroked his forehead, shook +these thoughts from him, seeking more practical ones, and for the +second time it terminated in going to the window and gazing out. + +A whirlwind filled the street, slamming gates and doors, shaking +windows and carrying dust with it up to his attic chamber. He was in +the act of drawing back, when he saw a little piece of paper whirled in +the dust cloud coming closely near him. He shut his eyes to keep out +the dust, grasping at random for the paper, which he caught. At the +same moment the whirlwind ceased, and the sky was again clear. This +appeared to him ominous; the scrap of paper had certainly a meaning to +him, a meaning for him; the unknown whom he had not really spoken to, +yet had been so exceedingly busy with, could not quite accidentally +have thus conveyed this to his hands, and with throbbing heart he +retired from the window to read the message. + +One side of the paper was blank; in the left-hand corner of the other +side was written "beloved," and a little below it seemed as if there +had been a signature, but now there was nothing left excepting the +letters "geb." + +"'Geb,' what does that mean?" asked Fritz Bagger, with dark humor. "If +it had been gek, I could have understood it, although it were +incorrectly written. Geb, Gebrer, Algebra, Gebruderbuh,--I am a big +fool." + +"But it is no matter, she shall have an answer," he shouted after a +while, and seated himself to write a long, glowing love-letter. When it +was finished and read, he tore it in pieces. + +"No," said he, "if destiny has intended the least thing by acting to me +as mail-carrier through the window, let me act reasonably." He wrote on +a little piece of paper: + +"As the old Norwegians, when they went to Iceland, threw their +high-seat pillars into the sea with the resolution to settle where they +should go ashore, so I send this out. My faith follows after; and it is +my conviction that where this alights, I shall one day come, and salute +you as my chosen, as my--." "Yes, now what more shall I add?" he asked +himself. "Ay, as my--'geb'--!" he added, with an outburst of merry +humor, that just completed the whole sentimental outburst. He went to +the window and threw the paper out; it alighted with a slow quivering. +He was already afraid that it would go directly down into the ditch; +but then a breeze came lifting it almost up to himself again, then a +new current carried it away, lifting it higher and higher, whirling it, +till at last it disappeared from his sight in continual ascension, so +he thought. + +"After all, I have become engaged to-day," he said to himself, with a +certain quiet humor, and yet impressed by a feeling that he had really +given himself to the unknown. + +II. + +Six years had passed, and Fritz Bagger had made his mark, although not +as a lover. He had become Counsellor, and was particularly +distinguished for the skill and energy with which he brought criminals +to confession. It is thus that a man of fine and poetic feelings can +satisfy himself in such a business, for a time at least: with the half +of his soul he can lead a life which to himself and others seems entire +only because it is busy, because it keeps him at work, and fills him +with a consciousness of accomplishing something practical and good. +There is a youthful working power, which needs not to look sharply out +into the future for a particular aim of feeling or desire. This power +itself, by the mere effort to keep in a given place, is for such an +organization, every day, an aim, a relish; and one can for a number of +years drive business so energetically, that he, too, slips over that +difficult time which in every twenty-four hours threatens to meet him, +the time between work and sleep, twilight, when the other half of the +soul strives to awaken. + +Be it because his professional duties gave him no time or opportunity +for courtship, or for some other reason, Fritz Bagger remained a +bachelor; and a bachelor with the income of his profession is looked +upon as a rich man. Counsellor Bagger would, when business allowed, +enter into social life, treating it in that elegant, independent, +almost poetic manner, which in most cases is denied to married men, and +which is one reason why they press the hand of a bachelor with a sigh, +a mixture of envy, admiration, and compassion. If we add here that a +bachelor with such a professional income is the possible stepping-stone +to an advantageous marriage, it is easily seen that Fritz Bagger was +much sought for in company. He went, too, into it as often as allowed +by his legal duties, from which he would hasten in the black +"swallow-tail" to a dinner or soiree, and often amused himself where +most others were weary; because conversation about anything whatever +with the cultivated was to him a refreshment, and because he brought +with him a good appetite and good humor, resting upon conscientious +work. He could show interest in divers trifles, because in their +nothingness (quite contrary to the trifles in which half an hour +previous, with painful interest, he had ferreted out crime), they +appeared to him as belonging to an innocent, childish world; and if +conversation approached more earnest things, he spoke freely, and +evidently gave himself quite up to the subject, letting the whole +surface of his soul flow out. And this procured him friendship and +reputation. + +In this way, then, six years had slipped by, when Counsellor Bagger, or +rather Fritz Bagger as we will call him, in remembrance of his +examination-day, and his notes by the flying mail, was invited to a +wedding-party on the shooting-ground. The company was not very +large,--only thirty couples,--but very elegant. Bagger was a friend in +the families of both bride and bridegroom, and consequently being well +known to nearly all present he felt himself as among friends gathered +by a mutual joy, and was more than usually animated. A superb wine, +which the bride's father had himself brought, crowned their spirits +with the last perfect wreath. Although the toast to the bridal pair had +been officially proposed, Bagger took occasion to offer his +congratulations in a second encomium of love and matrimony; which gave +a solid, prosaic man opportunity for the witty remark and hearty wish +that so distinguished a practical office-holder as Counsellor Bagger +would carry his fine theories upon matrimony into practice. The toast +was drunk with enthusiasm, and just at that moment a strong wind shook +the windows, and burst open one of the doors, blowing so far into the +hall as to cause the lights to flicker much. + +Bagger became, through the influence of the wine, the company, and the +sight of the happy bridal pair, six years younger. His soul was carried +away from criminal and police courts, and found itself on high, as in +the attic chamber, with a vision of the small tinted clouds and the +angel-heads. The sudden gust of wind carried him quite back to the +moment when he sent out his note as the Norwegian heroes their +high-seat pillars: the spirit of his twenty-fourth year came wholly +over him, queerly mixed with the half-regretful reflection of the +thirtieth year, with fun, inclination to talk and to breathe; and he +exclaimed, as he rose to acknowledge the toast: + +"I am engaged." + +"Ay! ay! Congratulate! congratulate!" sounded from all sides. + +"This gust of wind, which nearly extinguished the lights, brought me a +message from my betrothed!" + +"What?" "What is it?" asked the company, their heads at that moment not +in the least condition for guessing charades. + +"Counsellor Bagger, have you, like the Doge of Venice, betrothed +yourself to the sea or storm?" asked the bridegroom. + +"Hear him, the fortunate! sitting upon the golden doorstep to the +kingdom of love! Let him surmise and guess all that concerns Cupid, for +he has obtained the inspiration, the genial sympathy," exclaimed +Bagger. "Yes," he continued, "just like the Doge of Venice, but not as +aristocratic! From my attic chamber, where I sat on my examination-day, +guided by Cupid, in a manner which it would take too long to narrate, I +gave to the whirlwind a love-letter, and at any moment SHE can step +forward with my letter, my promise, and demand me soul and body." + +"Who is it, then?" asked bridegroom and bride, with the most earnest +interest. + +"Yes, how can I tell that? Do I know the whirlwind's roads?" + +"Was the letter signed with your name?" + +"No; but don't you think I will acknowledge my handwriting?" replied +Bagger, quite earnestly. + +This earnestness with reference to an obligation which no one +understood became comical; and Bagger felt at the moment that he was on +the brink of the ridiculous. Trying to collect himself, he said: + +"Is it not an obligation we all have? Do not both bride and bridegroom +acknowledge that long before they knew each other the obligation was +present?" + +"Yes, yes!" exclaimed the bridegroom. + +"And the whirlwind, accident, the unknown power, brought them together +so that the obligation was redeemed?" + +"Yes, yes!" + +"Let us, then," continued Bagger, "drink a toast to the wind, the +accident, the moving power, unknown and yet controlling. To those of us +who, as yet, are unprovided for and under forty, it will at some time +undoubtedly bring a bride; to those who are already provided for will +come the expected in another form. So a toast to the wind that came in +here and flickered the lights; to the unknown, that brings us the +wished for; and to ourselves, that we may be prepared to receive it +when announced." + +"Bravo!" exclaimed the bridegroom, looking upon his bride. + +"Puh-h-h!" thought Bagger, seating himself with intense relief, "I have +come out of it somewhat decently after all. The deuce take me before I +again express a sentimentality." + +How Counsellor Bagger that night could have fallen asleep, between +memory, or longing and discontent, is difficult to tell, had he not on +his arrival home found a package of papers, an interesting theft case. +He sat down instantly to read, and day dawned ere they were finished. +His last thought, before his eyelids closed, was,--Two years in the +House of Correction. + +III. + +A month later, toward the close of September, two ladies, twenty or +twenty-two years of age, were walking in a garden about ten miles from +Copenhagen. Although the walks were quite wide, impediments in them +made it difficult for the ladies to go side by side. The autumn showed +itself uneven and jagged. The currant and gooseberry boughs, that +earlier hung in soft arches, now projected stiffly forth, catching in +the ladies' dresses; branches from plum and apple trees hung bare and +broken, and required attention above also. One of the ladies apparently +was at home there: this was evident partly from her dress, which, +although elegant, was domestic, and partly by her taking the lead and +paying honor, by drawing boughs and branches aside, holding them until +the other lady, who was more showily dressed, had slipped past. On +account of the hindrances of the walk there were none of those easy, +subdued, familiar conversations, which otherwise so naturally arise +when young ladies, acquaintances, or "friends," visit each other, and +from the house slip out alone into garden or wood. An attentive +observer meanwhile, by scrutinizing the physiognomy of both, would, +perhaps, have come to the conclusion, that even if these two had been +together on the most unobstructed road, no confidence would have arisen +between them, and would have suspected the hostess of trying to atone +for her lack of interest, by being polite and careful. She was not +strikingly handsome, but possessed of a fine nature, which manifested +itself in the whole figure, and perhaps, especially, in the uncommonly +well-formed nose; yet it was by peering into her eyes that one first +obtained the idea of a womanhood somewhat superior to the generality of +her sex. Their expression was not to be caught at once: they told of +both meditation and resolve, and hinted at irony or badinage, which +works so queerly when it comes from deep ground. The other lady was +"burgherly-genteel," a handsome, cultivated girl, had certainly also +some soul, but yet was far less busy with a world in her own heart than +with the world of fashion. It was about the world, the world of +Copenhagen, that Miss Brandt at this moment was giving Miss Hjelm an +account, interrupted by the boughs and branches, and although Miss +Hjelm was not, nun-like, indifferent either to fashions or incidents in +high life, the manner in which Miss Brandt unmistakably laid her soul +therein, caused her to go thus politely before. + +"But you have heard about Emmy Ibsen's marriage?" asked Miss Brandt. + +"Yes, it was about a month ago, I think." + +"Yes, I was bridesmaid." + +"Indeed!" said Miss Hjelm, in a voice which atoned for her brevity. + +"The party was at the shooting-ground." + +"So!" said Miss Hjelm again, with as correct an intonation as if she +had learned it for "I don't care." "Take care, Miss Brandt," she added, +stooping to avoid an apple-branch. + +"Take care?--oh, for that branch!" said Miss Brandt, and avoided it as +charmingly and coquettishly as if it had been living. + +"It was very gay," she added, "even more so than wedding-parties +commonly are; but this was caused a good deal by Counsellor Bagger." + +"So!" + +"Yes, he was very gay ... I was his companion at table. + +"Ah!" + +"Oh, only to think! at the table he stands up declaring that he is +engaged." + +"Was his lady present?" + +"No, that she was not, I think. Do you know who it was?" + +"No, how should I know that, Miss Brandt?" + +"The whirlwind!" + +"The whirlwind?" + +"Yes. He said that he, as a young man, in a solemn moment had sent his +love letter or his promise out with the wind, and he was continually +waiting for an answer: he had given his promise, was betrothed!--Ou!" + +"What is it?" asked Miss Hjelm, sympathetically. The truth was, the +young hostess at this moment had relaxed her polite care, and a limb of +a gooseberry-bush had struck against Miss Brandt's ankle. + +The pain was soon over; and the two ladies, who now had reached the +termination of the walk, turned toward the house side by side, each +protecting herself, unconscious that any change had occurred. + +"But I hardly believe it," continued Miss Brandt: "he said it perhaps +only to make himself conspicuous, for certain gentlemen are just as +coquettish as ... as they accuse us of being." + +Miss Hjelm uttered a doubting, "Um!" + +"Yes, that they really are! Have you ever seen any lady as coquettish +as an actor?" + +"I don't know any of them, but I should suppose an actress might be." + +"No: no actress I have ever met of the better sort was really +coquettish. I don't know how it is with them, but I believe they have +overcome coquettishness." + +"But you think, then, Counsellor Bang is coquettish?" + +"Not Bang--Bagger. Yes; for although he said he had this romantic love +for a fairy, he often does court to modest earthly ladies. He is +properly somewhat of a flirt." + +"That is unbecoming an old man." + +"Yes; but he is not old." + +"Oh!" said Miss Hjelm, laughing: "I have only known one war counsellor, +and he was old; so I thought of all war counsellors as old." + +"Yes; but Counsellor Bagger is not war counsellor, but a real Superior +Court Counsellor." + +"Oh, how earnest that is! And so he is in love with a fairy?" + +"Yes: it is ridiculous!" said Miss Brandt, laughing. During this +conversation they had reached the house, and Miss Brandt complained +that something was yet pricking her ankle. They went into Miss Hjelm's +room, and here a thorn was discovered and taken out. + +"How pretty and cosy this room really is!" said Miss Brandt, looking +around. "In a situation like this one can surely live in the country +summer and winter. Out with us at Taarback it blows in through the +windows, doors, and very walls." + +"That must be bad in a whirlwind." + +"Yes--yes: still, it might be quite amusing when the whirlwind carried +such billets: not that one would care for them; yet they might be +interesting for a while." + +"Oh, yes! perhaps." + +"Yes: how do you think a young girl would like it, when there came from +Heaven a billet, in which one pledged himself to her for time and +eternity?" + +"That isn't easy to say; but I don't believe the occurrence quite so +uncommon. A friend of mine once had such a billet blown to her, and she +presented me with it." + +"Does one give such things away? Have you the billet?" + +"I will look for it," answered Miss Hjelm; and surely enough, after +longer search in the sewing-table, in drawers, and small boxes, than +was really necessary, she found it. Miss Brandt read it, taking care +not to remark that it very much appeared to her as if it resembled the +one the counsellor had mentioned. + +"And such a billet one gives away!" she said after a pause. + +"Yes: will you have it?" asked Miss Hjelm, as though after a sudden +resolution. + +Miss Brandt's first impulse was an eager acceptance; but she checked +herself almost as quickly, and answered: + +"Oh, yes, thank you, as a curiosity." Then slowly put it between her +glove and hand. + +As Miss Brandt and her company rode away, said Miss Hjelm's cousin, a +handsome, middle-aged widow, to her: + +"How is it, Ingeborg? It appears to me you laugh with one eye and weep +with the other." + +"Yes: a soap-bubble has burst for me, and glitters, maybe, for another." + +"You know I seldom understand the sentimental enigmas: can you not +interpret your words?" + +"Yes: to-day an illusion has vanished, that had lasted for six years." + +"For six years?" said her cousin, with an inquiring or sympathizing +look. "So it began when you were hardly sixteen years." + +"Now do you believe, that when I was in my sixteenth year I saw an +ideal of a man, and was enamoured of him, and to-day I hear that he is +married." + +"No, I don't know as I believe just that," answered the cousin, +dropping her eyes; "but I suppose that then you had a pretty vision, +and have carried it along with you in silence--and with faith." + +"But it was something more than a vision; it was a letter--a +love-letter." + +The cousin looked upon Ingeborg so inquiringly, so anxiously, that +words were unnecessary. Beside this the cousin knew, that when Ingeborg +was inclined to talk, she did so without being asked, and if she wished +to be silent, she was silent. + +Ingeborg continued: "One time, I drove to town with sainted father. +Father was to go no further than to Noerrebro, and I had an errand at +Vestervold. So I stepped out and went through the Love-path. As I came +to the corner of the path, and the Ladegaardsway, the wind blew so +violently against me, that I could hardly breathe; and something blew +against my veil, fluttering with wings like a humming-bird. I tried to +drive it away, for it blinded one of my eyes; but it blew back again. +So I caught it and was going to let it fly away over my head, but that +moment I saw it was written upon, and read it. It was a love-letter! A +man wrote that he sent this as in old times the Norwegian emigrants let +their high-seat pillars be carried by the sea, and where it came he +would one time come, and bring his faith to his destined--Geb.'" + +"'Geb'? What is that?" asked the cousin. "That is Ingeborg," answered +Miss Hjelm, with a plain simplicity, showing how deeply she had +believed in the earnestness of the message. + +"It was really remarkable!" said the cousin, and added with a smile +which perhaps was somewhat ironical: "And did you then resolve to +remain unmarried, until the unknown letter-writer should come and +redeem his vow?" + +"I will not say that," answered Ingeborg, who quickly became more +guarded; "but the letter perhaps contained some stronger requirements +than under the circumstances could be fulfilled." + +"So! and now?" + +"Now I have presented the letter to Miss Brandt." + +"You gave it away? Why?" + +"Because I learned that the man, who perhaps or probably wrote it in +his youth, has spoken about it publicly, and is counsellor in one of +the courts." + +"Oh, I understand," said the cousin, half audibly: "when the ideal is +found out to be a counsellor, then--" + +"Then it is not an ideal any longer? No. The whole had been spoiled by +being fumbled in public. I would get away from the temptation to think +of him. Do court to him, announce myself to him as the happy finder,--I +could not." + +"That I understand very well," said the cousin, putting her arm +affectionately around Ingeborg's waist; "but why did you just give Miss +Brandt the letter?" + +"Because she is acquainted with the counsellor, and indeed, as far as I +could understand, feels somewhat for him. They two can get each other; +and what a wonderful consecration it will be when she on the +marriage-day gives him the letter!" + +The cousin said musingly: "And such secrets can live in one whole year, +without another surmising it!" Suddenly she added: "But how will Miss +Brandt on that occasion interpret the word 'Geb'?" + +"Oh! I suppose a single syllable is of no consequence; and, besides, +Miss Brandt is a judicious girl," answered Ingeborg, with an +inexpressible flash in the dark eyes. + +IV. + +Good fortune seldom comes singly. One morning Criminal and Court +Counsellor Bagger got, at his residence at Noerre Street, official +intelligence that from the first of next month he was transferred to +the King's Court, and in grace was promoted to be veritable counsellor +of justice there; rank, fourth-class, number three. As, gratified by +this friendly smile from above, he went out to repair to the +court-house, he met in the porch a postman, who delivered him a letter. +With thoughts yet busy with new title and court, Counsellor Bagger +broke the letter, but remained as if fixed to the ground. In it he read: + +"The high-seat pillars have come on shore. + +"--'GEB.'--" + +One says well, that a man's love or season of courtship lasts till his +thirtieth year, and after that time he is ambitious; but it is not +always so, and with Counsellor Bagger it was in all respects the +contrary. His ambition was already, if not fully reached, yet in some +degree satisfied. The faculty of love had not been at all employed, and +the letter came like a spark in a powder-cask; it ran glowing through +every nerve. The youthful half of his soul, which had slept within him, +wakened with such sudden, revolutionary strength, that the other half +soul, which until now had borne rule, became completely subject; yes, +so wholly, that Counsellor Bagger went past the court-house and came +down in Court-house Street without noticing it. Suddenly he missed the +big building with the pillars and inscription: "With law shall Lands be +built;" looked around confused, and turned back. + +So much was he still at this moment Criminal Examiner, that among the +first thoughts or feelings which the mysterious letter excited in him +was this: It can be a trick, a foolery. But in the next moment it +occurred to him, that never to any living soul had he mentioned his +bold figure of the high-seat pillars, and still less revealed the +mysterious, to him so valued, syllable--geb--. No doubt could exist: +the fine, perfumed paper, the delicate lady handwriting, and the few +significant words testified, that the billet which once in youthful, +sanguine longing he had entrusted to the winds of heaven, had come to a +lady, and that in one way or another she had found him out. He +remembered very well, that a single time, five or six weeks before, he +had in a numerous company mentioned that incident, and he did not doubt +that the story had extended itself as ripples do, when one throws a +stone into the water; but where in the whole town, or indeed the land, +had the ripple hit the exact point? He looked again at the envelope. It +bore the stamp of the Copenhagen city mail: that was all. But that +showed with some probability that the writer lived in Copenhagen, and +maybe at this moment she looked down upon him from one of the many +windows; for now he stood by the fountain. There was something in the +paper, the handwriting, or more properly perhaps in the secrecy, that +made her seem young, spirited, beautiful, piquant. There was something +fairy-like, exalted, intoxicating, in the feeling that the object of +the longing and hope of his youth had been under the protection of a +good spirit, and that the great unknown had taken care of and prepared +for him a companion, a wife, just at the moment when he had become +Counsellor of Justice of the Superior Court. But who was she? This was +the only thing painful in the affair; but this intriguing annoyance was +not to be avoided, if the lady was to remain within her sphere, +surrounded by respect and esteem. + +"What would I have thought of a lady, a woman, who came straight +forward and handed out the billet, saying: 'Here I am'?" he asked +himself, at the moment when at last he had found the court-house stairs +and was ascending. + +How it fared that day with the examinations is recorded in criminal and +police court documents; but a veil is thrown over it in consideration +of the fact, that a man only once in his life is made Counsellor of +Justice in the King's Court. The day following it went better; although +it is pretty sure that a horse thief went free from further reproof, +because the counsellor was busy rolling that stone up the mountain: +Where shall I seek her if she does not write again? Will she write +again? If she would do that, why did she not write a little more at +first? + +A couple of weeks after the receipt of the letter, one evening about +seven o'clock, the counsellor sat at home, not as before by his +writing-table busy with acts, but on a corner of the sofa, with +drooping arms, deeply absorbed in a mixture of anxious doubts and +dreaming expectations. Hope built air-castles, and doubt then puffed +them over like card-houses. One of his fancies was, that she summoned +him--he would not even in thought use the expression: gave him an +interview--at a masquerade. It was consequently no common masquerade, +but a grand, elegant masked ball, to which a true lady could repair. +The clock was at eleven, the appointed hour: he waited anxiously the +pressing five minutes; then she came and extended him the fine hand in +the finest straw-colored glove-- + +"Letter to the Counsellor of Justice," said Jens, with strong Funen +accent, and short, soldierly pronunciation. + +It is so uncommon that what one longs for comes just at the moment of +most earnest desire; but notwithstanding the letter was from her, the +Counsellor of Justice knew the superscription, would have known it +among a hundred thousand. The letter read thus: + +"I ought to be open towards you; and, as we shall never meet, I can be +so." + +Here the Counsellor of Justice stopped a moment and caught for breath. +A good many of our twenty-year-old beaux, who have never been admitted +to the bar, far less have been Court Counsellors, would, under similar +circumstances, have said to themselves: "She writes that she will be +open; that is to say, now she will fool me: we will never meet; that is +to say, now I shall soon see her." But Counsellor Bagger believed every +word as gospel, and his knees trembled. He read further: + +"I am ashamed of the few words I last wrote you; but my apology is, +that it is only two days since I learned that you are married. I have +been mistaken, but more in what may be imputed to me than in what I +have thought. My only comfort is, that I shall never be known by you or +anybody, and that I shall be forgotten, as I shall forget." + +"Never! But who can have spread the infamous slander! What dreadful +treachery of some wretch or gossiping wench, who knows nothing about +me! And how can she believe it! How in such a town as Copenhagen can it +be a matter of doubt for five minutes, if a Superior Court Counsellor +is married or not! Or maybe there is some other Counsellor Bagger +married,--a Chamber Counsellor or the like? Or maybe she lives at a +distance, in a quiet world, so that the truth of it does not easily +reach her? So there is no sunshine more! + +"If she should sometime meet me, and know that I was, am, and have been +unmarried, that meanwhile we have both become old and gray,--can one +think of anything more sad? It is enough to make the heart cease +beating! But suppose, too, that to-morrow she finds out that she has +been deceived: she has once written, 'I was mistaken,' and cannot, as a +true woman, write it again, unless she first heard from me, and learned +how I longed--and so I am cut off from her, as if I lived in the moon. +More, more! for I can meet her upon the street and touch her arm +without surmising it. It is insupportable! Our time has mail, +steamboats, railroads, telegraphs: to me these do not exist; for of +what use are they altogether, when one knows not where to search." + +A thought came suddenly, like a meteor in the dark: advertise. What +family in Copenhagen did not the Address Paper reach? He would put in +an advertisement,--but how? "Fritz Bagger is not married."--No: that +was too plain.--"F. B. is not married."--No: that was not plain enough. +As he could find no successful use for his own name, it flashed into +his mind to use hers,--geb--; and although it was painful to him to +publish this, to him, almost sacred syllable for profane eyes to gaze +upon, yet it comforted him, that only one, she herself, would +understand it. Yet he hesitated. But one cannot make an omelet without +breaking eggs; and although the heart's finest fibres ache at the +thought of sending a message to a fairy through the Address Paper, yet +one yields to this rather than lose the fairy. + +At last, after numerous efforts he stopped at this: "--geb--! It is a +mistake: he waits only for--geb--." It appeared to him to contain the +approach to a happy result, and tired out by emotion he fell asleep on +his sofa. + +Some days after came a new letter with the dear handwriting: its +contents were: + +"Well! appear eight days from to-day at Mrs. Canuteson's, to +congratulate her upon her birthday." + +This was sunshine after thunder; this was hope's rainbow which arched +itself up to heaven from the earth, yet wet with tears. + +"And so she belongs to good society," said the Counsellor of Justice, +without noticing how by these words he discovered to himself that a +doubt or suspicion had lain until now behind his ecstasy. "But," he +added, "consequently, it is my own friends who have spread the rumor of +my marriage. Friends indeed! A wife is a man's only friend. It is hard, +suicidal, to remain a bachelor." + +On the appointed day he went too early. Mrs. Canuteson was yet alone. +She was surprised at his congratulatory visit; but, however, as it was +a courtesy, the surprise was mingled with delight, and Bagger was not +the man whose visit a lady would not receive with pleasure. With that +ingenuity of wit one can sometimes have, just when the heart is full +and taken possession of, he did wonders, and entertained the lady in so +lively a manner that she did not perceive how long a time he was +passing with her. As the door at length opened, the lady exclaimed: + +"Oh, that is charming! Heartily welcome! Thank you for last time, +[Footnote: In Sweden and Norway when the guest meets the host or +hostess for the first time after an entertainment, the first greeting +on the part of the former is always, "Thank you for the last time."] +and for all the good in your house! How does your mother do? This +amiable young lady's acquaintance I made last summer when we were in +the country, and at last she is so good as to keep her promise and +visit me. Counsellor Bagger--Miss Hjelm." + +The Counsellor wasn't sure that it was She, but he was convinced that +it ought to be. Not to speak of Ingeborg Hjelm's being really amiable +and distinguee, his heart was now prepared, as a photographer's glass +which has received collodium, and took the first girl picture that met +it. He was quite afraid that there would come more to choose among. Yet +the fairy brightness of the unknown had at this moment lost itself for +him; for, however brilliant it may appear to the fancy, it cannot be +compared with the warm, beautiful reality, particularly so long as this +itself is new and unknown. + +He approached and spoke to Miss Hjelm with painful hidden emotion of +soul. She was friendly and open, for the name Counsellor Bagger did not +occur to her; and the idea she had formed of him did not at all compare +with the young, elegant, handsome man she was now speaking with. True +enough, his manner was somewhat peculiarly gallant, which a lady cannot +easily mistake; but this gallantry was united with such an unmistakable +respect, or more properly awe, that he gave her the impression of a +poetical, knightly nature. + +By and by there came more ladies, both married and unmarried, but +Bagger had almost forgotten what errand they could have with him. At +last Miss Brandt came also, accompanied by her sister. As she opened +the door, and saw Bagger by the side of Miss Hjelm, she gave a little, +a very little, cry, or, more properly, gasped aloud for breath, and +made a movement, as if something kept her back. + +"Oh! my dress caught," she said, arranged it a little, and then +approached Mrs. Canuteson, with smiling face, to offer her +congratulation. + +Bagger looked at the watch: he had been there two hours! After yet +lingering to exchange a few polite words with Miss Brandt, he took +leave. His visit had in all respects been so unusual, and had given +occasion for so much comment, that it required more time than could be +given there; and his name was not at all mentioned after he left. + +V. + +Now it is certainly true, that whenever Counsellor Bagger was seen for +quite a time, he was mostly dreaming and suffering; and people who have +not themselves experienced something similar, or have not a fancy for +putting themselves in his place, will say, perhaps, that they could +have managed themselves better. But, at all events, it cannot be said, +that from this time forward he was unpractical; for within eight days +from Mrs. Canuteson's birthday he had not only learned where Miss Hjelm +lived, but had established himself in a tavern close by the farm, and +obtained admittance to the house, which last was not so difficult, +since Mrs. Hjelm was a friendly, hospitable lady, and since neither her +daughter nor niece thought they ought to prejudice her against him. + +In this manner four or five days passed away, which, to judge from +Bagger's appearance, were to him very pleasant. He wrote to his +colleagues in the Superior Court, that one could only value an autumn +in Nature's lap after so laborious and health-destroying work as his +life for many years had been. Then one day he received a letter from +the unknown, reading thus: + +"Be more successful than last time, at Mrs. Emmy Lund's on Tuesday, two +o'clock. Please notice, two o'clock precisely." + +"Does she mean so? Is she really coquettish? Yet I think I have been +successful so far," said Bagger to himself, and waited for the Tuesday +with comparative ease; in truth he did not at all understand why he +should be troubled to go to town. + +As early on Tuesday forenoon as proper, he went over to the farm, and +was somewhat surprised that there was to be seen no preparation for a +town journey. Ingeborg, in her usual morning dress, was seated at the +sewing-table. He waited until towards twelve o'clock, calculating that +two hours was the least she needed in which to dress and drive to town. +The long hand threatened to touch the short hand at the number twelve, +without any appearance of Ingeborg's noticing it. She only now and then +cast a stealthy look at him, for it had not escaped her, nor the +others, that he was in expectancy and excitement. When the clock struck +twelve,--he was just alone with her,--he asked suddenly, in a quick, +trembling voice: + +"Miss Hjelm, you know I am Superior Court Counsellor?" + +"No: that I did not know," she said almost with dread, and arose. "No: +that I have never known!" + +"But allow me, dear lady, so you know it now," he said, surprised that +the title or profession produced so strong an effect. + +"Yes, now I know it," she said, and held her hand upon her heart. "Why +do you tell me that? What does that signify?" + +"Nothing else, Miss Hjelm, than that you may understand that I don't +believe in witchcraft." + +A speaker's physiognomy is often more intelligible than his words; and +as Miss Hjelm saw the both hearty and spirited or jovial expression in +the counsellor's face, she had not that inclination, which she under +other circumstances would have had, quickly to break off the +conversation and go away. It is possible, also, that his situation as +Superior Court Counsellor--as that counsellor mentioned by Miss +Brandt--did not, after a moment's consideration, appear to her so +dreadful as at the first moment of surprise. So she answered: + +"But, Mr. Counsellor, is there then anybody who has accused you of +believing in witchcraft?" + +"No, dear madam; but for all that I can assure you, that at the moment +the clock struck twelve I thought that you, by two o'clock, most fly +away in the form of a bird." + +"As the clock struck twelve now, at noon?--not at midnight?" + +"No, just a little since." + +"That is remarkable. Can you satisfy my curiosity, and tell me why?" + +"Because under ordinary circumstances it appears to me impossible for a +lady to make her toilette and drive ten miles in less than two hours." + +"That is quite true, Mr. Counsellor; but neither do I intend to drive +ten miles to-day." + +"It was for that reason that I said, fly." + +"Neither fly. And to convince you and quite certainly rid you of the +idea of witchcraft, you can stay here, if you please, until--what time +was it?" + +"Two o'clock." + +"That is two long hours; but the Counsellor can, if he please, lay that +offering upon the altar of education." + +"Oh! I know another altar, upon which I would rather offer the two only +all too short hours"--. + +"Let it now be upon that of education. You promised my cousin and me +that you would read to us about popular science of nature and +interesting facts in the life of animals." + +"Yes, dear madam; but _I_ cannot fly: my carriage stands waiting at the +tavern." + +"Oh, I beg pardon! an agreeable journey, Mr. Counsellor." + +"Yes; but I don't understand why I shall drive the ten miles." + +"Every one knows his own concerns best." + +"Oh, yes! that is true. But I at least don't know mine." + +Miss Hjelm made no answer to this, and there was a little pause. + +"I would," continued the counsellor, somewhat puzzled, "take the great +liberty to propose that you should ride with me." + +"I have already told the Counsellor that I did not intend to go to town +to-day," answered Miss Hjelm, coldly. + +"Yes," continued Bagger, following his own ideas, "and so I thought, +also, that we could as well stay here." + +At this moment Bagger was so earnest and impassioned, that Ingeborg, in +hearing words so very wide of what she regarded as reasonable, began to +suspect his mind of being a little disordered, and with an inquiring +anxiousness looked at him. + +Meeting the look from these eyes, Bagger could no longer continue the +inquisition which he had carried on for the sake of involving Miss +Hjelm in self-contradiction and bringing her to confession. He himself +came to confession, and exclaimed: + +"Miss Ingeborg, I ask you for Heaven's sake have pity on me, and tell +me if you expect me at two o'clock to-day at Mrs. Lund's!" + +"I expect you at Mrs. Lund's!" exclaimed Miss Hjelm. + +"Is it not you, then, who have written me that--" + +"I have never written to you!" cried Ingeborg, and almost tore away the +hand which Bagger tried to hold. + +"For God's sake, don't go, Miss--! My dear madam, you must forgive me: +you shall know all!" + +And now he began to tell his tale, not according to rules of rhetoric +and logic, but on the contrary in a way which certainly showed how +little even our abler lawyers are educated to extemporize. + +But, however, there was in his words a certain almost wild eloquence; +and, beside, Miss Hjelm had some foreknowledge, that helped her to +understand and fill up what was wanting under the counsellor's restless +eloquence. At last he came to the point; while his words were of +whirlwind and letters, his tone and eye spoke, unconsciously to him, a +true, honest, though fanciful language of passion; and however comical +a disinterested spectator might have found it, it sounded very earnest +to her who was the object and sympathetic listener. + +"Yes; but what then?" at last asked Ingeborg, with a soft smile and not +withdrawing the hand that Bagger had seized. "The proper meaning of +what you have told me is that your troth is plighted to another, +unknown lady." + +"No: that isn't the proper meaning--" + +"But yet it is a fact. At the moment when you stand at the altar with +one, another can step forward and claim you." + +"Oh, that kind of a claim! A piece of paper without signature, sent +away in the air! In law it has no validity at all, and morally it has +no power, when I love another as I love you, Ingeborg!" + +"That I am not sure of. It appears to me there is something painful in +not being faithful to one's youth and its promises, and in the +consciousness of having deceived another." + +"You say this so earnestly, Ingeborg, that you make me desperate. I +confess that there is something ... something I would wish otherwise +... but for Heaven's sake, make it not so earnest!" + +As Ingeborg knew so well about it, she could not regard the matter as +earnestly as her words denoted; but for another reason she had suddenly +conceived or felt an earnestness. It would not do to have a husband +with so much fancy as Bagger, always having something unknown, +fairy-like, lying out upon the horizon, holding claim upon him from his +youth; and on the other hand it was against her principles, +notwithstanding her confidence in his silence, to convey to him the +knowledge that it was Miss Brandt who played fairy. + +She said to him, "You must have your letter, your obligation, your +marriage promise back." + +"Yes," he answered with a sigh of discouragement: "it is true enough I +ought; but where shall I turn? That is just the immeasurable +difficulty." + +"Write by the same mail as before." + +"Which?" + +"Let the whirlwind, that brought the first letter to its destination, +also take care of this, in which you demand your word back." + +"Oh, that you do not mean! Or, if you mean it, then I may honestly +confess that I am not young any more or have not received another +youth. I have not courage to write anything, for fear it should come to +others than to you." + +"So I see that, after all, I may act as witch to-day. Write, and I will +take care of the letter: do you hesitate?" + +"No: only it took me a moment to comprehend the promise involved in +this that you will take care of my letter. I obey you blindly; but what +shall I write?" + +"Write: 'Dear fairy,--Since I woo Miss Hjelm's hand and heart,'--" + +"Oh, you acknowledge it! O Ingeborg, the Lord's blessing upon you!" +said Bagger, and would rise. + +"'I ask you to send me my billet back.'--Have you that?" + +"Yes, Ingeborg, my Ingeborg, my unspeakably loved Ingeborg! How poor +language is, when the heart is so full!" + +"Now, name, date, and address. Have you that? 'Postscriptum. I give you +my word of honor, that I neither know who you are, or how this letter +shall reach you.'--Have you that?" + +"That I can truly give. I am as blind as"... + +"Let me add the witch-formulae." + +"O Ingeborg, you will write upon the same paper with me, in a letter +where I have written your name!" + +"Hand me the pen. We must have the letter sent to the mail before two +o'clock." + +"Two o'clock. How queer! The last letter reads: 'Take notice of the +striking two.'" + +"That we will," said Ingeborg. + +She wrote: "Dear Miss Brandt, I, too, ask you to send the Counsellor +his billet, and I pray you to write upon it: 'Given me by Miss Hjelm.' +It is best for all parties that the fun does not come out in gossip. +You shall, by return of mail, receive back your letters." + +VI. + +It is allowed to charitable minds to remain in doubt about what had +really been Miss Brandt's design. Perhaps she only wished to make +roguish psychological experiments, to convince herself to how many +forenoon congratulatory visits a Counsellor of Justice of the Superior +Court could be brought to appear. The emotion she almost exposed, when +at Mrs. Canuteson's she saw Bagger by Miss Hjelm's side, may have been +pure surprise at the working of the affair. Every one of the rest of us +who have been conversant with the whirlwind, the letter, and Ingeborg's +relinquishment of the same, would also have been surprised at seeing +her and the letter-writer brought together notwithstanding, and would +not, perhaps, have been able with as much ease and success to hide our +surprise. The letter to Bagger, in which Miss Brandt, contrary to her +better knowledge, spoke of him as married, may have been a sincere +attempt to end the whole in a way which repentance and anxiety quickly +seized upon to put an insurmountable hindrance before herself; but it +may surely enough have had also the aim to see how far Bagger had gone +and how much spirit and fancy he had to carry the intrigue out. The +more one thinks upon it, the less one feels able to give either of the +two interpretations absolute preference. Yet one will have remarked, +that Ingeborg herself in her little note mentioned the matter as "fun." +On the other side, if it was earnestness, if she had felt "somewhat" +for Counsellor Bagger, then let us take comfort in the fact that Miss +Brandt was a well-cultivated girl, and that her intellect held dominion +over her heart. She could with one eye see that the campaign had ended, +and further, that she, by receiving peace pure and simple, had +certainly not gained any conquest, but obtained the status quo ante +bellum, which often between antagonists has been considered so +respectable, that both parties officially have sung Te Deum, although +surely only one could sing it from the heart. Now it is and may remain +undecided what the real state of the case was: from either point of +view there was a plain and even line drawn for her, and she followed +it. Next day the letter came in an envelope directed to the counsellor. + +As Bagger in the presence of Ingeborg opened the letter and again saw +the long-lost epistle of his early days, he trembled like a man before +whom the spirit-world apparently passes. But as he perceived the added +words, he exclaimed in utter perplexity: "Am I awake? Do I dream? How +is this possible?" + +"Why should it not be possible?" asked Ingeborg. "To whom else should +the letter originally have come, than to--geb--?" + +"--Geb--?--geb--? Yes, who is--geb--?" asked Bagger with bewildered +look. + +"Who other than Ingeborg? is it not the third fourth, and fifth letters +of my name?" + +"Oh!" exclaimed Bagger, pressing his hand upon his forehead, and, as he +at the next moment seized Ingeborg's hand, added with an eye which had +become dim with joy, "Truly, I have had more fortune than sense." + +Ingeborg answered, smiling: + +"That ought he to expect who entrusts his fate to the wind's flying +mail." + + + + + + +THE RAILROAD AND THE CHURCHYARD + +BY + +BJORNSTJERNE BJORNSON + + +From "The Flying Mail" Translated by Carl Larsen. + + +THE RAILROAD AND THE CHURCH-YARD + +BY + +BJORNSTJERNE BJORNSON + + +I. + +Canute Aakre belonged to an ancient family of the parish, where it had +always been distinguished for its intelligence and care for the public +good. His father through self-exertion had attained to the ministry, +but had died early, and his widow being by birth a peasant, the +children were brought up as farmers. Consequently, Canute's education +was only of the kind afforded by the public school; but his father's +library had early inspired him with a desire for knowledge, which was +increased by association with his friend Henrik Wergeland, who often +visited him or sent him books, seeds for his farm, and much good +counsel. Agreeably to his advice, Canute early got up a club for +practice in debating and study of the constitution, but which finally +became a practical agricultural society, for this and the surrounding +parishes. He also established a parish library, giving his father's +books as its first endowment, and organized in his own house a +Sunday-school for persons wishing to learn penmanship, arithmetic, and +history. In this way the attention of the public was fixed upon him, +and he was chosen a member of the board of parish-commissioners, of +which he soon became chairman. Here he continued his endeavors to +advance the school interests, which he succeeded in placing in an +admirable condition. + +Canute Aakre was a short-built, active man, with small sharp eyes and +disorderly hair. He had large lips which seemed constantly working, and +a row of excellent teeth which had the same appearance, for they shone +when he spoke his clear sharp words, which came out with a snap, as +when the sparks are emitted from a great fire. + +Among the many he had helped to an education, his neighbor Lars Hogstad +stood foremost. Lars was not much younger than Canute, but had +developed more slowly. Being in the habit of talking much of what he +read and thought, Canute found in Lars--who bore a quiet, earnest +manner--a good listener, and step by step a sensible judge. The result +was, that he went reluctantly to the meetings of the board, unless +first furnished with Lars Hogstad's advice, concerning whatever matter +of importance was before it, which matter was thus most likely to +result in practical improvement. Canute's influence, therefore, brought +his neighbor in as a member of the board, and finally into everything +with which he himself was connected. They always rode together to the +meetings, where Lars never spoke, and only on the road to and from, +could Canute learn his opinion. They were looked upon as inseparable. + +One fine autumn day, the parish-commissioners were convened, for the +purpose of considering, among other matters, a proposal made by the +Foged, to sell the public grain-magazine, and with the proceeds +establish a savings-bank. Canute Aakre, the chairman, would certainly +have approved this, had he been guided by his better judgment; but, in +the first place, the motion was made by the Foged, whom Wergeland did +not like, consequently, neither did Canute; secondly, the +grain-magazine had been erected by his powerful paternal grandfather, +by whom it was presented to the parish. To him the proposal was not +free from an appearance of personal offence; therefore, he had not +spoken of it to any one, not even to Lars, who never himself introduced +a subject. + +As chairman, Canute read the proposal without comment, but, according +to his habit, looked over to Lars, who sat as usual a little to one +side, holding a straw between his teeth; this he always did when +entering upon a subject, using it as he would a toothpick, letting it +hang loosely in one corner of his mouth, or turning it more quickly or +slowly, according to the humor he was in. Canute now saw with surprise, +that the straw moved very fast. He asked quickly, "Do you think we +ought to agree to this?" + +Lars answered dryly, "Yes, I do." + +The whole assembly, feeling that Canute was of quite a different +opinion, seemed struck, and looked at Lars, who said nothing further, +nor was further questioned. Canute turned to another subject, as if +nothing had happened, and did not again resume the question till toward +the close of the meeting, when he asked with an air of indifference if +they should send it back to the Foged for closer consideration, as it +certainly was contrary to the mind of the people of the parish, by whom +the grain-magazine was highly valued; also, if he should put upon the +record, "Proposal deemed inexpedient." + +"Against one vote," said Lars. + +"Against two," said another instantly. + +"Against three," said a third, and before the chairman had recovered +from his surprise, a majority had declared in favor of the proposal. + +He wrote; then read in a low tone, "Referred for acceptance, and the +meeting adjourned." Canute, rising and closing the "Records," blushed +deeply, but resolved to have this vote defeated in the parish meeting. +In the yard he hitched his horse to the wagon, and Lars came and seated +himself by his side. On the way home they spoke upon various subjects, +but not upon this. + +On the following day Canute's wife started for Lars' house, to inquire +of his wife if anything had happened between their husbands; Canute had +appeared so queerly when he returned home the evening previous. A +little beyond the house she met Lars' wife, who came to make the same +inquiry on account of a similar peculiar behavior in her husband. Lars' +wife was a quiet, timid thing, easily frightened, not by hard words, +but by silence; for Lars never spoke to her unless she had done wrong, +or he feared she would do so. On the contrary, Canute Aakre's wife +spoke much with her husband, and particularly about the commissioners' +meetings, for lately they had taken his thoughts, work, and love from +her and the children. She was jealous of it as of a woman, she wept at +night about it, and quarrelled with her husband concerning it in the +day. But now she could say nothing; for once he had returned home +unhappy; she immediately became much more so than he, and for the life +of her she must know what was the matter. So as Lars' wife could tell +her nothing, she had to go for information out in the parish, where she +obtained it, and of course was instantly of her husband's opinion, +thinking Lars incomprehensible, not to say bad. But when she let her +husband perceive this, she felt that, notwithstanding what had +occurred, no friendship was broken between them; on the contrary, that +he liked Lars very much. + +The day for the parish meeting came. In the morning, Lars Hogstad drove +over for Canute Aakre, who came out and took a seat beside him. They +saluted each other as usual, spoke a little less than they were wont on +the way, but not at all of the proposal. The meeting was full; some, +too, had come in as spectators, which Canute did not like, for he +perceived by this a little excitement in the parish. Lars had his +straw, and stood by the stove, warming himself, for the autumn had +begun to be cold. The chairman read the proposal in a subdued and +careful manner, adding, that it came from the Foged, who was not +habitually fortunate. The building was a gift, and such things it was +not customary to part with, least of all when there was no necessity +for it. + +Lars, who never before had spoken in the meetings, to the surprise of +all, took the floor. His voice trembled; whether this was caused by +regard for Canute, or anxiety for the success of the bill, we cannot +say; but his arguments were clear, good, and of such a comprehensive +and compact character as had hardly before been heard in these +meetings. In concluding, he said: + +"Of what importance is it that the proposal is from the +Foged?--none,--or who it was that erected the house, or in what way it +became the public property?" + +Canute, who blushed easily, turned very red, and moved nervously as +usual when he was impatient; but notwithstanding, he answered in a low, +careful tone, that there were savings banks enough in the country, he +thought, quite near, and almost too near. But if one was to be +instituted, there were other ways of attaining this end, than by +trampling upon the gifts of the dead, and the love of the living. His +voice was a little unsteady when he said this, but recovered its +composure, when he began to speak of the grain magazine as such, and +reason concerning its utility. + +Lars answered him ably on this last, adding: "Besides, for many reasons +I would be led to doubt whether the affairs of this parish are to be +conducted for the best interests of the living, or for the memory of +the dead; or further, whether it is the love and hate of a single +family which rules, rather than the welfare of the whole." + +Canute answered quickly: "I don't know whether the last speaker has +been the one least benefited not only by the dead of this family, but +also by its still living representative." + +In this remark he aimed first at the fact that his powerful grandfather +had, in his day, managed the farm for Lars' grandfather, when the +latter, on his own account, was on a little visit to the penitentiary. + +The straw, which had been moving quickly for a long time, was now still: + +"I am not in the habit of speaking everywhere of myself and family," +said he, treating the matter with calm superiority; then he reviewed +the whole matter in question, aiming throughout at a particular point. +Canute was forced to acknowledge to himself, that he had never looked +upon it from that standpoint, or heard such reasoning; involuntarily he +had to turn his eye upon Lars. There he stood tall and portly, with +clearness marked upon the strongly-built forehead and in the deep eyes. +His mouth was compressed, the straw still hung playing in its corner, +but great strength lay around. He kept his hands behind him, standing +erect, while his low deep intonations seemed as if from the ground in +which he was rooted. Canute saw him for the first time in his life, and +from his inmost soul felt a dread of him; for unmistakably this man had +always been his superior! He had taken all Canute himself knew or could +impart, but retained only what had nourished this strong hidden growth. + +He had loved and cherished Lars, but now that he had become a giant, he +hated him deeply, fearfully; he could not explain to himself why he +thought so, but he felt it instinctively, while gazing upon him; and in +this forgetting all else, he exclaimed: + +"But Lars! Lars! what in the Lord's name ails you?" + +He lost all self-control,--"you, whom I have"--"you, who have"--he +couldn't get out another word, and seated himself, only to struggle +against the excitement which he was unwilling to have Lars see; he drew +himself up, struck the table with his fist, and his eyes snapped from +below the stiff disorderly hair which always shaded them. Lars appeared +as if he had not been interrupted, only turning his head to the +assembly, asking if this should be considered the decisive blow in the +matter, for in such a case nothing more need be said. + +Canute could not endure this calmness. + +"What is it that has come among us?" he cried. "Us, who to this day +have never debated but in love and upright zeal? We are infuriated at +each other as if incited by an evil spirit;" and he looked with fiery +eyes upon Lars, who answered: + +"You yourself surely bring in this spirit, Canute, for I have spoken +only of the case. But you will look upon it only through your own +self-will; now we shall see if your love and upright zeal will endure, +when once it is decided agreeably to our wish." + +"Have I not, then, taken good care of the interests of the parish?" + +No reply. This grieved Canute, and he continued: + +"Really, I did not think otherwise than that I had accomplished +something;--something for the good of the parish;--but may be I have +deceived myself." + +He became excited again, for it was a fiery spirit within him, which +was broken in many ways, and the parting with Lars grieved him, so he +could hardly control himself. Lars answered: + +"Yes, I know you give yourself the credit for all that is done here, +and should one judge by much speaking in the meetings, then surely you +have accomplished the most." + +"Oh, is it this!" shouted Canute, looking sharply upon Lars: "it is you +who have the honor of it!" + +"Since we necessarily talk of ourselves," replied Lars, "I will say +that all matters have been carefully considered by us before they were +introduced here." + +Here little Canute Aakre resumed his quick way of speaking: + +"In God's name take the honor, I am content to live without it; there +are other things harder to lose!" + +Involuntarily Lars turned his eye from Canute, but said, the straw +moving very quickly: "If I were to speak my mind, I should say there is +not much to take honor for;--of course ministers and teachers may be +satisfied with what has been done; but, certainly, the common men say +only that up to this time the taxes have become heavier and heavier." + +A murmur arose in the assembly, which now became restless. Lars +continued: + +"Finally, to-day, a proposition is made which, if carried, would +recompense the parish for all it has laid out; perhaps, for this +reason, it meets such opposition. It is the affair of the parish, for +the benefit of all its inhabitants, and ought to be rescued from being +a family matter." The audience exchanged glances, and spoke half +audibly, when one threw out a remark as he rose to go to his +dinner-pail, that these were "the truest words he had heard in the +meetings for many years." Now all arose, and the conversation became +general. Canute Aakre felt as he sat there that the case was lost, +fearfully lost; and tried no more to save it. He had somewhat of the +character attributed to Frenchmen, in that he was good for first, +second, and third attacks, but poor for self-defence--his sensibilities +overpowering his thoughts. + +He could not comprehend it, nor could he sit quietly any longer; so, +yielding his place to the vice-chairman, he left,--and the audience +smiled. + +He had come to the meeting accompanied by Lars, but returned home +alone, though the road was long. It was a cold autumn day; the way +looked jagged and bare, the meadow gray and yellow; while frost had +begun to appear here and there on the roadside. Disappointment is a +dreadful companion. He felt himself so small and desolate, walking +there; but Lars was everywhere before him, like a giant, his head +towering, in the dusk of evening, to the sky. It was his own fault that +this had been the decisive battle, and the thought grieved him sorely: +he had staked too much upon a single little affair. But surprise, pain, +anger, had mastered him; his heart still burned, shrieked, and moaned +within him. He heard the rattling of a wagon behind; it was Lars, who +came driving his superb horse past him at a brisk trot, so that the +hard road gave a sound of thunder. Canute gazed after him, as he sat +there so broad-shouldered in the wagon, while the horse, impatient for +home, hurried on unurged by Lars, who only gave loose rein. It was a +picture of his power; this man drove toward the mark! He, Canute, felt +as if thrown out of his wagon to stagger along there in the autumn cold. + +Canute's wife was waiting for him at home. She knew there would be a +battle; she had never in her life believed in Lars, and lately had felt +a dread of him. It had been no comfort to her that they had ridden away +together, nor would it have comforted her if they had returned in the +same way. But darkness had fallen, and they had not yet come. She stood +in the doorway, went down the road and home again; but no wagon +appeared. At last she hears a rattling on the road, her heart beats as +violently as the wheels revolve; she clings to the doorpost, looking +out; the wagon is coming; only one sits there; she recognizes Lars, who +sees and recognizes her, but is driving past without stopping. Now she +is thoroughly alarmed! Her limbs fail her; she staggers in, sinking on +the bench by the window. The children, alarmed, gather around, the +youngest asking for papa, for the mother never spoke with them but of +him. She loved him because he had such a good heart, and now this good +heart was not with them; but, on the contrary, away on all kinds of +business, which brought him only unhappiness; consequently, they were +unhappy too. + +"Oh, that no harm had come to him to-day! Canute was so excitable! Why +did Lars come home alone? why didn't he stop?" + +Should she run after him, or, in the opposite direction, toward her +husband? She felt faint, and the children pressed around her, asking +what was the matter; but this could not be told to them, so she said +they must take supper alone, and, rising, arranged it and helped them. +She was constantly glancing out upon the road. He did not come. She +undressed and put them to bed, and the youngest repeated the evening +prayer, while she bowed over him, praying so fervently in the words +which the tiny mouth first uttered, that she did not perceive the steps +outside. + +Canute stood in the doorway, gazing upon his little congregation at +prayer. She rose; all the children shouted "Papa!" but he seated +himself, and said gently: + +"Oh! let him repeat it." + +The mother turned again to the bedside, that meantime he might not see +her face; otherwise, it would have been like intermeddling with his +grief before he felt a necessity of revealing it. The child folded its +hands,--the rest followed the example,--and it said: + +"I am now a little lad, But soon shall grow up tall, And make papa and +mamma glad, I'll be so good to all! When in Thy true and holy ways, +Thou dear, dear God wilt help me keep;--Remember now Thy name to praise +And so we'll try to go to sleep!" + +What a peace now fell! Not a minute more had passed ere the children +all slept in it as in the lap of God; but the mother went quietly to +work arranging supper for the father, who as yet could not eat. But +after he had gone to bed, he said: + +"Now, after this, I shall be at home." + +The mother lay there, trembling with joy, not daring to speak, lest she +should reveal it; and she thanked God for all that had happened, for, +whatever it was, it had resulted in good. + +II. + +In the course of a year, Lars was chosen head Justice of the Peace, +chairman of the board of commissioners, president of the savings-bank, +and, in short, was placed in every office of parish trust to which his +election was possible. In the county legislature, during the first +year, he remained silent, but afterward made himself as conspicuous as +in the parish council; for here, too, stepping up to the contest with +him who had always borne sway, he was victorious over the whole line, +and afterward himself manager. From this he was elected to the +Congress, where his fame had preceded him, and he found no lack of +challenge. But here, although steady and independent, he was always +retiring, never venturing beyond his depth, lest his post as leader at +home should be endangered by a possible defeat abroad. + +It was pleasant to him now in his own town. When he stood by the +church-wall on Sundays, and the community glided past, saluting and +glancing sideways at him,--now and then one stepping up for the honor +of exchanging a couple of words with him,--it could almost be said +that, standing there, he controlled the whole parish with a straw, +which, of course, hung in the corner of his mouth. + +He deserved his popularity; for he had opened a new road which led to +the church; all this and much more resulted from the savings-bank, +which he had instituted and now managed; and the parish, in its +self-management and good order, was held up as an example to all others. + +Canute, of his own accord, quite withdrew,--not entirely at first, for +he had promised himself not thus to yield to pride. In the first +proposal he made before the parish board, he became entangled by Lars, +who would have it represented in all its details; and, somewhat hurt, +he replied: "When Columbus discovered America he did not have it +divided into counties and towns,--this came by degrees afterward;" upon +which, Lars compared Canute's proposition (relating to stable +improvements) to the discovery of America, and afterward by the +commissioners he was called by no other name than "Discovery of +America." Canute thought since his influence had ceased there, so, +also, had his duty to work; and afterwards declined re-election. + +But he was industrious, and, in order still to do something for the +public good, he enlarged his Sunday-school, and put it, by means of +small contributions from the pupils, in connection with the mission +cause, of which he soon became the centre and leader in his own and +surrounding counties. At this, Lars remarked that, if Canute ever +wished to collect money for any purpose, he must first know that its +benefit was only to be realized some thousands of miles away. + +There was no strife between them now. True, they associated with each +other no longer, but saluted and exchanged a few words whenever they +met. Canute always felt a little pain in remembering Lars, but +struggled to overcome it, by saying to himself that it must have been +so. Many years afterward at a large wedding-party, where both were +present and a little gay, Canute stepped upon a chair and proposed a +toast to the chairman of the parish council, and the county's first +congressman. He spoke until he manifested emotion, and, as usual, in an +exceedingly handsome way. It was honorably done, and Lars came to him, +saying, with an unsteady eye, that for much of what he knew and was, he +had to thank him. + +At the next election, Canute was again elected chairman. + +But if Lars Hogstad had foreseen what was to follow, he would not have +influenced this. It is a saying that "all events happen in their time," +and just as Canute appeared again in the council, the ablest men in the +parish were threatened with bankruptcy, the result of a speculative +fever which had been raging long, but now first began to react. They +said that Lars Hogstad had caused this great epidemic, for it was he +who had brought the spirit of speculation into the parish. This penny +malady had originated in the parish board; for this body itself had +acted as leading speculator. Down to the youth of twenty years, all +were endeavoring by sharp bargains to make the one dollar, ten; extreme +parsimony, in order to lay up in the beginning, was followed by an +exceeding lavishness in the end: and as the thoughts of all were +directed to money only, a disposition to selfishness, suspicion, and +disunion had developed itself, which at last turned to prosecutions and +hatred. It was said that the parish board had set the example in this +also; for one of the first acts, performed by Lars as chairman, was a +prosecution against the minister, concerning doubtful prerogatives. The +venerable pastor had lost, but had also immediately resigned. At the +time some had praised, others denounced, this act of Lars; but it had +proved a bad example. Now came the effects of his management in the +form of loss to all the leading men of the parish; and consequently, +the public opinion quickly changed. The opposite party immediately +found a champion; for Canute Aakre had come into the parish +board,--introduced there by Lars himself. + +The struggle at once began. All those youths, who, in their time, had +been under Canute Aakre's instruction, were now grown-up men, the best +educated, conversant with all the business and public transactions in +the parish; Lars had now to contend against these and others like them, +who had disliked him from their childhood. One evening after a stormy +debate, as he stood on the platform outside his door, looking over the +parish, a sound of distant threatening thunder came toward him from the +large farms, lying in the storm. He knew that that day their owners had +become insolvent, that he himself and the savings-bank were going the +same way: and his whole long work would culminate in condemnation +against him. + +In these days of struggle and despair, a company of surveyors came one +evening to Hogstad, which was the first farm at the entrance of the +parish to mark out the line of a new railroad. In the course of +conversation, Lars perceived it was still a question with them whether +the road should run through this valley, or another parallel one. + +Like a flash of lightning it darted through his mind, that, if he could +manage to get it through here, all real estate would rise in value, and +not only he himself be saved, but his popularity handed down to future +generations. He could not sleep that night, for his eyes were dazzled +with visions; sometimes he seemed to hear the noise of an engine. The +next day he accompanied the surveyors in their examination of the +locality; his horses carried them, and to his farm they returned. The +following day they drove through the other valley, he still with them, +and again carrying them back home. The whole house was illuminated, the +first men of the parish having been invited to a party made for the +surveyors, which terminated in a carouse that lasted until morning. But +to no avail; for the nearer they came to the decision, the clearer it +was to be seen that the road could not be built through here without +great extra expense. The entrance to the valley was narrow, through a +rocky chasm, and the moment it swung into the parish the river made a +curve in its way, so that the road would either have to make the +same--crossing the river twice--or go straight forward through the old, +now unused, churchyard. But it was not long since the last burials +there, for the church had been but recently moved. + +Did it only depend upon a strip of an old churchyard, thought Lars, +whether the parish should have this great blessing or not?--then he +would use his name and energy for the removal of the obstacle. So +immediately he made a visit to minister and bishop, from them to county +legislature and Department of the Interior; he reasoned and negotiated; +for he had possessed himself of all possible information concerning the +vast profits that would accrue on the one side, and the feelings of the +parish on the other, and had really succeeded in gaining over all +parties. It was promised him that by the reinterment of some bodies in +the new churchyard, the only objection to this line might be considered +as removed, and the king's approbation guaranteed. It was told him that +he need only make the motion in the county meeting. + +The parish had become as excited on the question as himself. The spirit +of speculation, which had been prevalent so many years, now became +jubilant. No one spoke or thought of anything but Lars' journey and its +probable result. Consequently, when he returned with the most splendid +promises, they made much ado about him; songs were sung to his +praise,--yes, if at that time one after another of the largest farms +had toppled over, not a soul would have given it any attention; the +former speculation fever had been succeeded by the new one of the +railroad. + +The county board met; an humble petition that the old churchyard might +be used for the railroad was drawn up to be presented to the king. This +was unanimously voted; yes, there was even talk of voting thanks to +Lars, and a gift of a coffee-pot, in the model of a locomotive. But +finally, it was thought best to wait until everything was accomplished. +The petition from the parish to the county board was sent back, with a +requirement of a list of the names of all bodies which must necessarily +be removed. The minister made out this, but instead of sending it +directly to the county board, had his reasons for communicating it +first to the parish. One of the members brought it to the next meeting. +Here, Lars opened the envelope, and as chairman read the names. + +Now it happened that the first body to be removed was that of Lars' own +grandfather. A Hide shudder passed through the assembly; Lars himself +was taken by surprise; but continued. Secondly, came the name of Canute +Aakre's grandfather; for the two had died at nearly the same time. +Canute Aakre sprang from his seat; Lars stopped; all looked up with +dread; for the name of the elder Canute Aakre had been the one most +beloved in the parish for generations. There was a pause of some +minutes. At last Lars hemmed, and continued. But the matter became +worse, for the further he proceeded, the nearer it approached their own +day, and the dearer the dead became. When he ceased, Canute Aakre asked +quietly if others did not think as he, that spirits were around them. +It had begun to grow dusk in the room, and although they were mature +men sitting in company, they almost felt themselves frightened. Lars +took a bundle of matches from his pocket and lit a candle, somewhat +dryly remarking that this was no more than they had known beforehand. + +"No," replied Canute, pacing the floor, "this is more than I knew +beforehand. Now I begin to think that even railroads can be bought too +dearly." + +This electrified the audience, and Canute continued that the whole +affair must be reconsidered, and made a motion to that effect. In the +excitement which had prevailed, he said it was also true that the +benefit to be derived from the road had been considerably overrated; +for if it did not pass through the parish, there would have to be a +depot at each extremity; true, it would be a little more trouble to +drive there, than to a station within; yet not so great as that for +this reason they should dishonor the rest of the dead. Canute was one +of those who, when his thoughts were excited, could extemporize and +present most sound reasons; he had not a moment previously thought of +what he now said; but the truth of it struck all. Lars, seeing the +danger of his position, thought best to be careful, and so apparently +acquiesced in Canute's proposition to reconsider; for such emotions, +thought he, are always strongest in the beginning; one must temporize +with them. + +But here he had miscalculated. In constantly increasing the dread of +touching their dead overswept the parish; what no one had thought of as +long as the matter existed only in talk became a serious question when +it came to touch themselves. The women particularly were excited, and +at the parish house, on the day of the next meeting, the road was black +with the gathered multitude. It was a warm summer day, the windows were +taken out, and as many stood without as within. All felt that that day +would witness a great battle. + +Lars came, driving his handsome horse, saluted by all; he looked +quietly and confidently around, not seeming surprised at the throng. He +seated himself, straw in mouth, near the window, and not without a +smile saw Canute rise to speak, as he thought, for all the dead lying +over there in the old churchyard. + +But Canute Aakre did not begin with the churchyard. He made a stricter +investigation into the profits likely to accrue from carrying the road +through the parish, showing that in all this excitement they had been +over-estimated. He had calculated the distance of each farm from the +nearest station, should the road be taken through the neighboring +valley, and finally asked: + +"Why has such a hurrah been made about this railroad, when it would not +be for the good of the parish after all?" + +This he could explain; there were those who had brought about such a +previous disturbance, that a greater was necessary in order that the +first might be forgotten. Then, too, there were those who, while the +thing was new, could sell their farms and lands to strangers, foolish +enough to buy; it was a shameful speculation, which not the living only +but the dead also must be made to promote! + +The effect produced by his address was very considerable. But Lars had +firmly resolved, come what would, to keep cool, and smilingly replied +that he supposed Canute Aakre himself had been anxious for the +railroad, and surely no one would accuse him of understanding +speculation. (A little laugh ensued.) Canute had had no objection to +the removal of bodies of common people for the sake of the railroad, +but when it came to that of his own grandfather, the question became +suddenly of vital importance to the whole parish. He said no more, but +looked smilingly at Canute, as did also several others. Meanwhile, +Canute Aakre surprised both him and them by replying: + +"I confess it; I did not realize what was at stake until it touched my +own dead; possibly this is a shame, but really it would have been a +greater one not even then to have realized it, as is the case with +Lars! Never, I think, could Lars' raillery have been more out of place; +for folks with common feelings the thing is really revolting." + +"This feeling has come up quite recently," answered Lars, "and so we +will hope for its speedy disappearance also. It may be well to think +upon what minister, bishop, county officers, engineers, and Department +will say, if we first unanimously set the ball in motion and then come +asking to have it stopped; if we first are jubilant and sing songs, +then weep and chant requiems. If they do not say that we have run mad +here in the parish, at least they may say that we have grown a little +queer lately." + +"Yes, God knows, they can say so," answered Canute; "we have been +acting strangely enough during the last few days,--it is time for us to +retract. It has really gone far when we can dig up, each his own +grandfather, to make way for a railroad; when in order that our loads +may be carried more easily forward, we can violate the resting-place of +the dead. For is not overhauling our churchyard the same as making it +yield us food? What has been buried there in Jesus' name, shall we take +up in the name of Mammon? It is but little better than eating our +progenitors' bones." + +"That is according to the order of nature," said Lars dryly. + +"Yes, the nature of plants and animals," replied Canute. + +"Are we not then animals?" asked Lars. + +"Yes, but also the children of the living God, who have buried our dead +in faith upon Him; it is He who shall raise them, and not we." + +"Oh, you prate! Are not the graves dug over at certain fixed periods +anyway? What evil is there in that it happens some years earlier?" +asked Lars. + +"I will tell you! What was born of them yet lives; what they built yet +remains; what they loved, taught, and suffered for is all around us and +within us; and shall we not, then, let their bodies rest in peace?" + +"I see by your warmth that you are thinking of your grandfather again," +replied Lars; "and will say it is high time you ceased to bother the +parish about him, for he monopolized space enough in his lifetime; it +isn't worth while to have him lie in the way now he is dead. Should his +corpse prevent a blessing to the parish that would reach to a hundred +generations, we surely would have reason to say, that of all born here +he has done us most harm." + +Canute Aakre tossed back his disorderly hair, his eyes darted fire, his +whole frame appeared like a drawn bow. + +"What sort of a blessing this is that you speak of, I have already +proved. It is of the same character as all the others which you have +brought to the parish, namely, a doubtful one. True enough you have +provided us with a new church; but, too, you have filled it with a new +spirit,--and not that of love. True, you have made us new roads,--but +also new roads to destruction, as is now plainly evident in the +misfortunes of many. True, you have lessened our taxes to the public; +but, too, you have increased those to ourselves;--prosecutions, +protests, and failures are no blessing to a community. And you dare +scoff at the man in his grave whom the whole parish blesses! You dare +say he lies in our way,--yes, very likely he lies in your way. This is +plainly to be seen; but over this grave you shall fall! The spirit +which has reigned over you, and at the same time until now over us, was +not born to rule, only to serve. The churchyard shall surely remain +undisturbed; but to-day it numbers one more grave, namely, that of your +popularity, which shall now be interred in it." + +Lars Hogstad rose, white as a sheet; he opened his mouth, but was +unable to speak a word, and the straw fell. After three or four vain +attempts to recover it and to find utterance, he belched forth like a +volcano: + +"Are these the thanks I get for all my toils and struggles? Shall such +a woman-preacher be able to direct? Ah, then, the devil be your +chairman if ever more I set my foot here! I have kept your petty +business in order until to-day; and after me it will fall into a +thousand pieces; but let it go now. Here are the 'Records!' (and he +flung them across the table). Out on such a company of wenches and +brats! (striking the table with his fist). Out on the whole parish, +that it can see a man recompensed as I now am!" + +He brought down his fist once more with such force, that the leaf of +the great table sprang upward, and the inkstand with all its contents +downward upon the floor, marking for coming generations the spot where +Lars Hogstad, in spite of all his prudence, lost his patience and his +rule. + +He sprang for the door, and soon after was away from the house. The +whole audience stood fixed,--for the power of his voice and his wrath +had frightened them,--until Canute Aakre, remembering the taunt he had +received at the time of his fall, with beaming countenance, and +assuming Lars' voice, exclaimed: + +"Is this the decisive blow in the matter?" + +The assembly burst into uproarious merriment. The grave meeting closed +amid laughter, talk, and high glee; only few left the place, those +remaining called for drink, and made a night of thunder succeed a day +of lightning. They felt happy and independent as in old days, before +the time in which the commanding spirit of Lars had cowed their souls +into silent obedience. They drank toasts to their liberty, they sang, +yes, finally they danced, Canute Aakre with the vice-chairman taking +lead, and all the members of the council following, and boys and girls +too, while the young ones outside shouted, "hurrah!" for such a +spectacle they had never before witnessed. + +III. + +Lars moved around in the large rooms at Hogstad without uttering a +word. His wife who loved him, but always with fear and trembling, dared +not so much as show herself in his presence. The management of the farm +and house had to go on as it would, while a multitude of letters were +passing to and fro between Hogstad and the parish, Hogstad and the +capital; for he had charges against the county board which were not +acknowledged, and a prosecution ensued; against the savings-bank, which +were also unacknowledged, and so came another prosecution. He took +offence at articles in the Christiania Correspondence, and prosecuted +again, first the chairman of the county board, and then the directors +of the savings-bank. At the same time there were bitter articles in the +papers, which according to report were by him, and were the cause of +great strife in the parish, setting neighbor against neighbor. +Sometimes he was absent whole weeks at once, nobody knowing where, and +after returning lived secluded as before. At church he was not seen +after the grand scene in the representatives' meeting. + +Then, one Saturday night, the mail brought news that the railroad was +to go through the parish after all, and through the old churchyard. It +struck like lightning into every home. The unanimous veto of the county +board had been in vain; Lars Hogstad's influence had proved stronger. +This was what his absence meant, this was his work! It was involuntary +on the part of the people that admiration of the man and his dogged +persistency should lessen dissatisfaction at their own defeat; and the +more they talked of the matter the more reconciled they seemed to +become: for whatever has once been settled beyond all change develops +in itself, little by little, reasons why it is so, which we are +accordingly brought to acknowledge. + +In going to church next day, as they encountered each other they could +not help laughing; and before the service, just as nearly all were +convened outside,--young and old, men and women, yes, even +children,--talking about Lars Hogstad, his talents, his strong will, +and his great influence, he himself with his household came driving up +in four carriages. Two years had passed since he was last there. He +alighted and walked through the crowd, when involuntarily all lifted +their hats to him like one man; but he looked neither to the right nor +the left, nor returned a single salutation. His little wife, pale as +death, walked behind him. In the house, the surprise became so great +that, one after another, noticing him, stopped singing and stared. +Canute Aakre, who sat in his pew in front of Lars', perceiving the +unusual appearance and no cause for it in front, turned around and saw +Lars sitting bowed over his hymn-book, looking for the place. + +He had not seen him until now since the day of the representatives' +meeting, and such a change in a man he never could have imagined. This +was no victor. His head was becoming bald, his face was lean and +contracted, his eyes hollow and bloodshot, and the giant neck presented +wrinkles and cords. At a glance he perceived what this man had endured, +and was as suddenly seized with a feeling of strong pity, yes, even +with a touch of the old love. In his heart he prayed for him, and +promised himself surely to seek him after service; but, ere he had +opportunity, Lars had gone. Canute resolved he would call upon him at +his home that night, but his wife kept him back. + +"Lars is one of the kind," said she, "who cannot endure a debt of +gratitude: keep away from him until possibly he can in some way do you +a favor, and then perhaps he will come to you." + +However, he did not come. He appeared now and then at church, but +nowhere else, and associated with no one. On the contrary, he devoted +himself to his farm and other business with an earnestness which showed +a determination to make up in one year for the neglect of many; and, +too, there were those who said it was necessary. + +Railroad operations in the valley began very soon. As the line was to +go directly past his house, Lars remodelled the side facing the road, +connecting with it an elegant verandah, for of course his residence +must attract attention. They were just engaged in this work when the +rails were laid for the conveyance of gravel and timber, and a small +locomotive was brought up. It was a fine autumn evening when the first +gravel train was to come down. Lars stood on the platform of his house +to hear the first signal, and see the first column of smoke; all the +hands on the farm were gathered around him. He looked out over the +parish, lying in the setting sun, and felt that he was to be remembered +so long as a train should roar through the fruitful valley. A feeling +of forgiveness crept into his soul. He looked toward the churchyard, of +which a part remained, with crosses bowing toward the earth, but a part +had become railroad. He was just trying to define his feelings, when, +whistle went the first signal, and a while after the train came slowly +along, puffing out smoke mingled with sparks, for wood was used instead +of coal; the wind blew toward the house, and standing there they soon +found themselves enveloped in a dense smoke; but by and by, as it +cleared away, Lars saw the train working through the valley like a +strong will. + +He was satisfied, and entered the house as after a long day's work. The +image of his grandfather stood before him at this moment. This +grandfather had raised the family from poverty to forehanded +circumstances; true, a part of his citizen-honor had been lost, but +forward he had pushed, nevertheless. His faults were those of his time; +they were to be found on the uncertain borders of the moral conceptions +of that period, and are of no consideration now. Honor to him in his +grave, for he suffered and worked; peace to his ashes. It is good to +rest at last. But he could get no rest because of his grandson's great +ambition. He was thrown up with stone and gravel. Pshaw! very likely he +would only smile that his grandson's work passed above his head. + +With such thoughts he had undressed and gone to bed. Again his +grandfather's image glided forth. What did he wish. Surely he ought to +be satisfied now, with the family's honor sounding forth above his +grave; who else had such a monument? But yet, what mean these two great +eyes of fire? This hissing, roaring, is no longer the locomotive, for +see! it comes from the churchyard directly toward the house: an immense +procession! The eyes of fire are his grandfather's, and the train +behind are all the dead. It advances continually toward the house, +roaring, crackling, flashing. The windows burn in the reflection of +dead men's eyes ... he made a mighty effort to collect himself, "For it +was a dream, of course, only a dream; but let me waken! ... See: now I +am awake; come, ghosts!" + +And behold: they really come from the churchyard, overthrowing road, +rails, locomotive and train with such violence that they sink in the +ground; and then all is still there, covered with sod and crosses as +before. But like giants the spirits advanced, and the hymn, "Let the +dead have rest!" goes before them. He knows it: for daily in all these +years it has sounded through his soul, and now it becomes his own +requiem; for this was death and its visions. The perspiration started +out over his whole body, for nearer and nearer,--and see there, on the +window-pane there, there they are now; and he heard his name. +Overpowered with dread he struggled to shout, for he was strangling; a +dead, cold hand already clenched his throat, when he regained his voice +in a shrieking "Help me!" and awoke. At that moment the window was +burst in with such force that the pieces flew on to his bed. He sprang +up; a man stood in the opening, around him smoke and tongues of fire. + +"The house is burning, Lars, we'll help you out!" + +It was Canute Aakre. + +When again he recovered consciousness, he was lying out in a piercing +wind that chilled his limbs. No one was by him; on the left he saw his +burning house; around him grazed, bellowed, bleated, and neighed his +stock; the sheep huddled together in a terrified flock; the furniture +recklessly scattered: but, on looking around more carefully, he +discovered somebody sitting on a knoll near him, weeping. It was his +wife. He called her name. She started. + +"The Lord Jesus be thanked that you live," she exclaimed, coming +forward and seating herself, or rather falling down before him: "O God! +O God! now we have enough of that railroad!" + +"The railroad?" he asked: but ere he spoke, it had flashed through his +mind how it was; for, of course, the cause of the fire was the falling +of sparks from the locomotive among the shavings by the new side-wall. +He remained sitting, silent and thoughtful; his wife dared say no more, +but was trying to find clothes for him: the things with which she had +covered him, as he lay unconscious, having fallen off. He received her +attentions in silence, but as she crouched down to cover his feet, he +laid a hand upon her head. She hid her face in his lap, and wept aloud. +At last he had noticed her. Lars understood, and said: + +"You are the only friend I have." + +Although to hear these words had cost the house, no matter, they made +her happy; she gathered courage and said, rising and looking +submissively at him: + +"That is because no one else understands you." + +Now again they talked of all that had transpired, or rather he remained +silent, while she told about it. Canute Aakre had been first to +perceive the fire, had awakened his people, sent the girls out through +the parish, while he himself hastened with men and horses to the spot +where all were sleeping. He had taken charge of extinguishing the fire +and saving the property; Lars himself he had dragged from the burning +room and brought him here on the left, to the windward,--here, out on +the churchyard. + +While they were talking of all this, some one came driving rapidly up +the road and turned off toward them; soon he alighted. It was Canute, +who had been home after his church-wagon; the one in which so many +times they had ridden together to and from the parish meetings. Now +Lars must get in and ride home with him. They took each other by the +hand, one sitting, the other standing. + +"You must come with me now," said Canute, Without reply Lars rose: they +walked side by side to the wagon. Lars was helped in: Canute seated +himself by his side. What they talked about as they rode, or afterward +in the little chamber at Aakre, in which they remained until morning, +has never been known; but from that day they were again inseparable. + +As soon as disaster befalls a man, all seem to understand his worth. So +the parish took upon themselves to rebuild Lars Hogstad's houses, +larger and handsomer than any others in the valley. Again he became +chairman, but with Canute Aakre at his side, and from that day all went +well. + + + + + + +TWO FRIENDS + +BY + +ALEXANDER KIELLAND + + +From "Tales of Two Countries." Translated by H. H. Boyesen. + + +TWO FRIENDS + +BY + +ALEXANDER KIELLAND + + +No one could understand where he got his money from. But the person who +marvelled most at the dashing and luxurious life led by Alphonse was +his quondam friend and partner. + +After they dissolved partnership, most of the custom and the best +connection passed by degrees into Charles's hands. This was not because +he in any way sought to run counter to his former partner; on the +contrary, it arose simply from the fact that Charles was the more +capable man of the two. And as Alphonse had now to work on his own +account, it was soon clear to any one who observed him closely, that in +spite of his promptitude, his amiability, and his prepossessing +appearance, he was not fitted to be at the head of an independent +business. + +And there was one person who DID observe him closely. Charles followed +him step by step with his sharp eyes; every blunder, every +extravagance, every loss--he knew all to a nicety, and he wondered that +Alphonse could keep going so long. + +They had as good as grown up together. Their mothers were cousins; the +families had lived near each other in the same street; and in a city +like Paris proximity is as important as relationship in promoting close +intercourse. Moreover, the boys went to the same school. + +Thenceforth, as they grew up to manhood, they were inseparable. Mutual +adaptation overcame the great differences which originally marked their +characters, until at last their idiosyncrasies fitted into each other +like the artfully-carved pieces of wood which compose the +picture-puzzles of our childhood. + +The relation between them was really a beautiful one, such as does not +often arise between two young men; for they did not understand +friendship as binding the one to bear everything at the hands of the +other, but seemed rather to vie with each other in mutual +considerateness. + +If, however, Alphonse in his relation to Charles showed any high degree +of considerateness, he himself was ignorant of it; and if any one had +told him of it he would doubtless have laughed loudly at such a +mistaken compliment. + +For as life on the whole appeared to him very simple and +straightforward, the idea that his friendship should in any way fetter +him was the last thing that could enter his head. That Charles was his +best friend seemed to him as entirely natural as that he himself danced +best, rode best, was the best shot, and that the whole world was +ordered entirely to his mind. + +Alphonse was in the highest degree a spoilt child of fortune; he +acquired everything without effort; existence fitted him like an +elegant dress, and he wore it with such unconstrained amiability that +people forgot to envy him. + +And then he was so handsome. He was tall and slim, with brown hair and +big open eyes; his complexion was clear and smooth, and his teeth shone +when he laughed. He was quite conscious of his beauty, but, as +everybody had petted him from his earliest days, his vanity was of a +cheerful, good-natured sort, which, after all, was not so offensive. He +was exceedingly fond of his friend. He amused himself and sometimes +others by teasing him and making fun of him; but he knew Charles's face +so thoroughly that he saw at once when the jest was going too far. Then +he would resume his natural, kindly tone, until he made the serious and +somewhat melancholy Charles laugh till he was ill. + +From his boyhood Charles had admired Alphonse beyond measure. He +himself was small and insignificant, quiet and shy. His friend's +brilliant qualities cast a lustre over him as well, and gave a certain +impetus to his life. + +His mother often said: "This friendship between the boys is a real +blessing for my poor Charles, for without it he would certainly have +been a melancholy creature." + +When Alphonse was on all occasions preferred to him, Charles rejoiced; +he was proud of his friend. He wrote his exercises, prompted him at +examination, pleaded his cause with the masters, and fought for him +with the boys. + +At the commercial academy it was the same story. Charles worked for +Alphonse, and Alphonse rewarded him with his inexhaustible amiability +and unfailing good-humor. + +When subsequently, as quite young men, they were placed in the same +banker's office, it happened one day that the principal said to +Charles: "From the first of May I will raise your salary." + +"I thank you," answered Charles, "both on my own and on my friend's +behalf." + +"Monsieur Alphonse's salary remains unaltered," replied the chief, and +went on writing. + +Charles never forgot that morning. It was the first time he had been +preferred or distinguished before his friend. And it was his commercial +capacity, the quality which, as a young man of business, he valued +most, that had procured him this preference; and it was the head of the +firm, the great financier, who had himself accorded him such +recognition. + +The experience was so strange to him that it seemed like an injustice +to his friend. He told Alphonse nothing of the occurrence; on the +contrary, he proposed that they should apply for two vacant places in +the Credit Lyonnais. + +Alphonse was quite willing, for he loved change, and the splendid new +banking establishment on the Boulevard seemed to him far more +attractive than the dark offices in the Rue Bergere. So they removed to +the Credit Lyonnais on the first of May. But as they were in the +chief's office taking their leave, the old banker said to Charles, when +Alphonse had gone out (Alphonse always took precedence of Charles), +"Sentiment won't do for a business man." + +From that day forward a change went on in Charles. He not only worked +as industriously and conscientiously as before, but developed such +energy and such an amazing faculty for labor as soon attracted to him +the attention of his superiors. That he was far ahead of his friend in +business capacity was soon manifest; but every time he received a new +mark of recognition he had a struggle with himself. For a long time, +every advancement brought with it a certain qualm of conscience; and +yet he worked on with restless ardor. + +One day Alphonse said, in his light, frank way: "You are really a smart +fellow, Charlie! You're getting ahead of everybody, young and old--not +to mention me. I'm quite proud of you." + +Charles felt ashamed. He had been thinking that Alphonse must feel +wounded at being left on one side, and now he learned that his friend +not only did not grudge him his advancement, but was even proud of him. +By degrees his conscience was lulled to rest, and his solid worth was +more and more appreciated. + +But if he was in reality the more capable, how came it that he was so +entirely ignored in society, while Alphonse remained everybody's +darling? The very promotions and marks of appreciation which he had won +for himself by hard work were accorded him in a dry, business manner; +while every one, from the directors to the messengers, had a friendly +word or a merry greeting for Alphonse. + +In the different offices and departments of the bank they intrigued to +obtain possession of Monsieur Alphonse; for a breath of life and +freshness followed ever in the wake of his handsome person and joyous +nature. Charles, on the other hand, had often remarked that his +colleagues regarded him as a dry person, who thought only of business +and of himself. + +The truth was that he had a heart of rare sensitiveness, with no +faculty for giving it expression. + +Charles was one of those small, black Frenchmen whose beard begins +right under the eyes; his complexion was yellowish and his hair stiff +and splintery. His eyes did not dilate when he was pleased and +animated, but they flashed around and glittered. When he laughed the +corners of his mouth turned upward, and many a time, when his heart was +full of joy and good-will, he had seen people draw back, +half-frightened by his forbidding exterior. Alphonse alone knew him so +well that he never seemed to see his ugliness; every one else +misunderstood him. He became suspicious, and retired more and more +within himself. + +In an insensible crescendo the thought grew in him: Why should he never +attain anything of that which he most longed for--intimate and cordial +intercourse and friendliness which should answer to the warmth pent up +within him? Why should every one smile to Alphonse with out-stretched +hands, while he must content himself with stiff bows and cold glances? + +Alphonse knew nothing of all this. He was joyous and healthy, charmed +with life and content with his daily work. He had been placed in the +easiest and most interesting branch of the business, and, with his +quick brain and his knack of making himself agreeable, he filled his +place satisfactorily. + +His social circle was very large--every one set store by his +acquaintance, and he was at least as popular among women as among men. + +For a time Charles accompanied Alphonse into society, until he was +seized by a misgiving that he was invited for his friend's sake alone, +when he at once drew back. + +When Charles proposed that they should set up in business together, +Alphonse had answered: "It is too good of you to choose me. You could +easily find a much better partner." + +Charles had imagined that their altered relations and closer +association in work would draw Alphonse out of the circles which +Charles could not now endure, and unite them more closely. For he had +conceived a vague dread of losing his friend. + +He did not himself know, nor would it have been easy to decide, whether +he was jealous of all the people who flocked around Alphonse and drew +him to them, or whether he envied his friend's popularity. + +They began their business prudently and energetically, and got on well. + +It was generally held that each formed an admirable complement to the +other. Charles represented the solid, confidence-inspiring element, +while the handsome and elegant Alphonse imparted to the firm a certain +lustre which was far from being without value. + +Every one who came into the counting-house at once remarked his +handsome figure, and thus it seemed quite natural that all should +address themselves to him. + +Charles meanwhile bent over his work and let Alphonse be spokesman. +When Alphonse asked him about anything, he answered shortly and quietly +without looking up. + +Thus most people thought that Charles was a confidential clerk, while +Alphonse was the real head of the house. + +As Frenchmen, they thought little about marrying, but as young +Parisians they led a life into which erotics entered largely. + +Alphonse was never really in his element except when in female society. +Then all his exhilarating amiability came into play, and when he leaned +back at supper and held out his shallow champagne-glass to be refilled, +he was as beautiful as a happy god. + +He had a neck of the kind which women long to caress, and his soft, +half-curling hair looked as if it were negligently arranged, or +carefully disarranged, by a woman's coquettish hand. + +Indeed, many slim white fingers had passed through those locks; for +Alphonse had not only the gift of being loved by women, but also the +yet rarer gift of being forgiven by them. + +When the friends were together at gay supper-parties, Alphonse paid no +particular heed to Charles. He kept no account of his own love-affairs, +far less of those of his friend. So it might easily happen that a +beauty on whom Charles had cast a longing eye fell into the hands of +Alphonse. + +Charles was used to seeing his friend preferred in life; but there are +certain things to which men can scarcely accustom themselves. He seldom +went with Alphonse to his suppers, and it was always long before the +wine and the general exhilaration could bring him into a convivial +humor. + +But then, when the champagne and the bright eyes had gone to his head, +he would often be the wildest of all; he would sing loudly with his +harsh voice, laugh and gesticulate so that his stiff black hair fell +over his forehead; and then the merry ladies shrank from him, and +called him the "chimney-sweep." + +--As the sentry paces up and down in the beleaguered fortress, he +sometimes hears a strange sound in the silent night, as if something +were rustling under his feet. It is the enemy, who has undermined the +outworks, and to-night or to-morrow night there will be a hollow +explosion, and armed men will storm in through the breach. + +If Charles had kept close watch over himself he would have heard +strange thoughts rustling within him. But he would not hear--he had +only a dim foreboding that sometime there must come an explosion. + +--And one day it came. + +It was already after business hours; the clerks had all left the outer +office, and only the principals remained behind. + +Charles was busily writing a letter which he wished to finish before he +left. + +Alphonse had drawn on both his gloves and buttoned them. Then he had +brushed his hat until it shone, and now he was walking up and down and +peeping into Charles's letter every time he passed the desk. + +They used to spend an hour every day before dinner in a cafe on the +great Boulevard, and Alphonse was getting impatient for his newspapers. + +"Will you never have finished that letter?" he said, rather irritably. + +Charles was silent a second or two, then he sprang up so that his chair +fell over: "Perhaps Alphonse imagined that he could do it better? Did +he not know which of them was really the man of business?" And now the +words streamed out with that incredible rapidity of which the French +language is capable when it is used in fiery passion. + +But it was a turbid stream, carrying with it many ugly expressions, +upbraidings, and recriminations; and through the whole there sounded +something like a suppressed sob. + +As he strode up and down the room, with clenched hands and dishevelled +hair, Charles looked like a little wiry-haired terrier barking at an +elegant Italian grayhound. At last he seized his hat and rushed out. + +Alphonse had stood looking at him with great wondering eyes. When he +was gone, and there was once more silence in the room, it seemed as +though the air was still quivering with the hot words. Alphonse +recalled them one by one, as he stood motionless beside the desk. + +"Did he not know which was the abler of the two?" Yes, assuredly! he +had never denied that Charles was by far his superior. + +"He must not think that he would succeed in winning everything to +himself with his smooth face." Alphonse was not conscious of ever +having deprived his friend of anything. + +"I don't care for your cocottes" Charles had said. + +Could he really have been interested in the little Spanish dancer? If +Alphonse had only had the faintest suspicion of such a thing he would +never have looked at her. But that was nothing to get so wild about; +there were plenty of women in Paris. + +And at last: "As sure as to-morrow comes, I will dissolve partnership!" + +Alphonse did not understand it at all. He left the counting-house and +walked moodily through the streets until he met an acquaintance. That +put other thoughts into his head; but all day he had a feeling as if +something gloomy and uncomfortable lay in wait, ready to seize him so +soon as he was alone. + +When he reached home, late at night, he found a letter from Charles. He +opened it hastily; but it contained, instead of the apology he had +expected, only a coldly-worded request to M. Alphonse to attend at the +counting-house early the next morning "in order that the contemplated +dissolution of partnership might be effected as quickly as possible." + +Now, for the first time, did Alphonse begin to understand that the +scene in the counting-house had been more than a passing outburst of +passion; but this only made the affair more inexplicable. + +And the longer he thought it over, the more clearly did he feel that +Charles had been unjust to him. He had never been angry with his +friend, nor was he precisely angry even now. But as he repeated to +himself all the insults Charles had heaped upon him, his good-natured +heart hardened; and the next morning he took his place in silence, +after a cold "Good morning." + +Although he arrived a whole hour earlier than usual, he could see that +Charles had been working long and industriously. There they sat, each +on his side of the desk; they spoke only the most indispensable words; +now and then a paper passed from hand to hand, but they never looked +each other in the face. + +In this way they both worked--each more busily than the other--until +twelve o'clock, their usual luncheon-time. + +This hour of dejeuner was the favorite time of both. Their custom was +to have it served in their office, and when the old housekeeper +announced that lunch was ready, they would both rise at once, even if +they were in the midst of a sentence or of an account. + +They used to eat standing by the fireplace, or walking up and down in +the warm, comfortable office. Alphonse had always some piquant stories +to tell, and Charles laughed at them. These were his pleasantest hours. + +But that day, when madame said her friendly "Messieurs, on a servi" +they both remained sitting. She opened her eyes wide, and repeated the +words as she went out, but neither moved. + +At last Alphonse felt hungry, went to the table, poured out a glass of +wine and began to eat his cutlet. But as he stood there eating, with +his glass in his hand, and looked round the dear old office where they +had spent so many pleasant hours, and then thought that they were to +lose all this and imbitter their lives for a whim, a sudden burst of +passion, the whole situation appeared to him so preposterous that he +almost burst out laughing. + +"Look here, Charles," he said, in the half-earnest, half-joking tone +which always used to make Charles laugh, "it will really be too absurd +to advertise: 'According to an amicable agreement, from such and such a +date the firm of--'" + +"I have been thinking," interrupted Charles, quietly, "that we will +put: 'According to MUTUAL agreement.'" + +Alphonse laughed no more; he put down his glass, and the cutlet tasted +bitter in his mouth. + +He understood that friendship was dead between them, why or wherefore +he could not tell; but he thought that Charles was hard and unjust to +him. He was now stiffer and colder than the other. + +They worked together until the business of dissolution was finished; +then they parted. + +A considerable time passed, and the two quondam friends worked each in +his own quarter in the great Paris. They met at the Bourse, but never +did business with each other. Charles never worked against Alphonse; he +did not wish to ruin him; he wished Alphonse to ruin himself. + +And Alphonse seemed likely enough to meet his friend's wishes in this +respect. It is true that now and then he did a good stroke of business, +but the steady industry he had learned from Charles he soon forgot. He +began to neglect his office, and lost many good connections. + +He had always had a taste for dainty and luxurious living, but his +association with the frugal Charles had hitherto held his extravagances +in check. Now, on the contrary, his life became more and more +dissipated. He made fresh acquaintances on every hand, and was more +than ever the brilliant and popular Monsieur Alphonse; but Charles kept +an eye on his growing debts. + +He had Alphonse watched as closely as possible, and, as their business +was of the same kind, could form a pretty good estimate of the other's +earnings. His expenses were even easier to ascertain, and he soon +assured himself of the fact that Alphonse was beginning to run into +debt in several quarters. + +He cultivated some acquaintances about whom he otherwise cared nothing, +merely because through them he got an insight into Alphonse's expensive +mode of life and rash prodigality. He sought the same cafes and +restaurants as Alphonse, but at different times; he even had his +clothes made by the same tailor, because the talkative little man +entertained him with complaints that Monsieur Alphonse never paid his +bills. + +Charles often thought how easy it would be to buy up a part of +Alphonse's liabilities and let them fall into the hands of a grasping +usurer. But it would be a great injustice to suppose that Charles for a +moment contemplated doing such a thing himself. It was only an idea he +was fond of dwelling upon; he was, as it were, in love with Alphonse's +debts. + +But things went slowly, and Charles became pale and sallow while he +watched and waited. + +He was longing for the time when the people who had always looked down +upon him should have their eyes opened, and see how little the +brilliant and idolized Alphonse was really fit for. He wanted to see +him humbled, abandoned by his friends, lonely and poor; and then--! + +Beyond that he really did not like to speculate; for at this point +feelings stirred within him which he would not acknowledge. + +He WOULD hate his former friend; he WOULD have revenge for all the +coldness and neglect which had been his own lot in life; and every time +the least thought in defence of Alphonse arose in his mind he pushed it +aside, and said, like the old banker, "Sentiment won't do for a +business man." + +One day he went to his tailor's; he bought more clothes in these days +than he absolutely needed. + +The nimble little man at once ran to meet turn with a roll of cloth: +"See, here is the very stuff for you. Monsieur Alphonse has had a whole +suit made of it, and Monsieur Alphonse is a gentleman who knows how to +dress." + +"I did not think that Monsieur Alphonse was one of your favorite +customers," said Charles, rather taken by surprise. + +"Oh, mon Dieu!" exclaimed the little tailor, "you mean because I have +once or twice mentioned that Monsieur Alphonse owed me a few thousand +francs. It was very stupid of me to speak so. Monsieur Alphonse has not +only paid me the trifle he was owing, but I know that he has also +satisfied a number of other creditors. I have done ce cher beau +monsieur great injustice, and I beg you never to give him a hint of my +stupidity." + +Charles was no longer listening to the chatter of the garrulous tailor. +He soon left the shop, and went up the street, quite absorbed in the +one thought that Alphonse had paid. + +He thought how foolish it really was of him to wait and wait for the +other's ruin. How easily might not the adroit and lucky Alphonse come +across many a brilliant business opening, and make plenty of money +without a word of it reaching Charles's ears. Perhaps, after all, he +was getting on well. Perhaps it would end in people saying, "See, at +last Monsieur Alphonse shows what he is fit for, now that he is quit of +his dull and crabbed partner!" + +Charles went slowly up the street with his head bent. Many people +jostled him, but he heeded not. His life seemed to him so meaningless, +as if he had lost all that he had ever possessed--or had he himself +cast it from him? Just then some one ran against him with more than +usual violence. He looked up. It was an acquaintance from the time when +he and Alphonse had been in the Credit Lyonnais. + +"Ah, good-day, Monsieur Charles!" cried he, "It is long since we met. +Odd, too, that I should meet you to-day. I was just thinking of you +this morning." + +"Why, may I ask?" said Charles, half absently. + +"Well, you see, only to-day I saw up at the bank a paper--a bill for +thirty or forty thousand francs--bearing both your name and that of +Monsieur Alphonse. It astonished me, for I thought that you +two--hm!--had done with each other." + +"No, we have not quite done with each other yet," said Charles slowly. + +He struggled with all his might to keep his face calm, and asked, in as +natural a tone as he could command, "When does the bill fall due? I +don't quite recollect." + +"To-morrow or the day after, I think," answered the other, who was a +hard-worked business man, and was already in a hurry to be off. "It was +accepted by Monsieur Alphonse." + +"I know that," said Charles; "but could you not manage to let ME redeem +the bill to-morrow? It is a courtesy--a favor I am anxious to do." + +"With pleasure. Tell your messenger to ask for me personally at the +bank to-morrow afternoon. I will arrange it; nothing easier. Excuse me; +I'm in a hurry. Good-bye!" and with that he ran on. + +Next day Charles sat in his counting-house waiting for the messenger +who had gone up to the bank to redeem Alphonse's bill. + +At last a clerk entered, laid a folded blue paper by his principal's +side, and went out again. + +Not until the door was closed did Charles seize the draft, look swiftly +round the room, and open it. He stared for a second or two at his name, +then lay back in his chair and drew a deep breath. It was as he had +expected--the signature was a forgery. + +He bent over it again. For long he sat, gazing at his own name, and +observing how badly it was counterfeited. + +While his sharp eyes followed every line in the letters of his name, he +scarcely thought. His mind was so disturbed, and his feelings so +strangely conflicting, that it was some time before he became conscious +how much they betrayed--these bungling strokes on the blue paper. + +He felt a strange lump in his throat, his nose began to tickle a +little, and, before he was aware of it, a big tear fell on the paper. + +He looked hastily around, took out his pocket-handkerchief, and +carefully wiped the wet place on the bill. He thought again of the old +banker in the Rue Bergere. + +What did it matter to him that Alphonse's weak character had at last +led him to crime, and what had he lost? Nothing, for did he not hate +his former friend? No one could say it was his fault that Alphonse was +ruined--he had shared with him honestly, and never harmed him. + +Then his thoughts tamed to Alphonse. He knew him well enough to be sure +that when the refined, delicate Alphonse had sunk so low, he must have +come to a jutting headland in life, and he prepared to leap out of it +rather than let disgrace reach him. + +At this thought Charles sprang up. That must not be. Alphonse should +not have time to send a bullet through his bead and hide his shame in +the mixture of compassion and mysterious horror which follows the +suicide. Thus Charles would lose his revenge, and it would be all to no +purpose that he had gone and nursed his hatred until he himself had +become evil through it. Since he had forever lost his friend, he would +at least expose his enemy, so that all should see what a miserable, +despicable being was this charming Alphonse. + +He looked at his watch; it was half-past four. Charles knew the cafe in +which he would find Alphonse at this hour; he pocketed the bill and +buttoned his coat. + +But on the way he would call at a police-station, and hand over the +bill to a detective, who at a sign from Charles should suddenly advance +into the middle of the cafe where Alphonse was always surrounded by his +friends and admirers, and say loudly and distinctly so that all should +hear it: + +"Monsieur Alphonse, you are charged with forgery." + +It was raining in Paris. The day had been foggy, raw, and cold; and +well on in the afternoon it had begun to rain. It was not a +downpour--the water did not fall from the clouds in regular drops--but +the clouds themselves had, as it were, laid themselves down in the +streets of Paris and there slowly condensed into water. + +No matter how people might seek to shelter themselves, they got wet on +all sides. The moisture slid down the back of your neck, laid itself +like a wet towel about your knees, penetrated into your boots and far +up your trousers. + +A few sanguine ladies were standing in the portes cocheres, with their +skirts tucked up, expecting it to clear; others waited by the hour in +the omnibus stations. But most of the stronger sex hurried along under +their umbrellas; only a few had been sensible enough to give up the +battle, and had turned up their collars, stuck their umbrellas under +their arms, and their hands in their pockets. + +Although it was early in the autumn it was already dusk at five +o'clock. A few gas-jets lighted in the narrowest streets, and in a shop +here and there strove to shine out in the thick wet air. + +People swarmed as usual in the streets, jostled one another off the +pavement, and ruined one another's umbrellas. All the cabs were taken +up; they splashed along and bespattered the foot passengers to the best +of their ability, while the asphalt glistened in the dim light with a +dense coating of mud. + +The cafes were crowded to excess; regular customers went round and +scolded, and the waiters ran against each other in their hurry. Ever +and anon, amid the confusion, could be heard the sharp little ting of +the bell on the buffet; it was la dame du comptoir summoning a waiter, +while her calm eyes kept a watch upon the whole cafe. + +A lady sat at the buffet of a large restaurant on the Boulevard +Sebastopol. She was widely known for her cleverness and her amiable +manners. + +She had glossy black hair, which, in spite of the fashion, she wore +parted in the middle of her forehead in natural curls. Her eyes were +almost black and her mouth full, with a little shadow of a moustache. + +Her figure was still very pretty, although, if the truth were known, +she had probably passed her thirtieth year; and she had a soft little +hand, with which she wrote elegant figures in her cashbook, and now and +then a little note. Madame Virginie could converse with the young +dandies who were always hanging about the buffet, and parry their +witticisms, while she kept account with the waiters and had her eye +upon every corner of the great room. + +She was really pretty only from five till seven in the afternoon--that +being the time at which Alphonse invariably visited the cafe. Then her +eyes never left him; she got a fresher color, her mouth was always +trembling into a smile, and her movements became somewhat nervous. That +was the only time of the day when she was ever known to give a random +answer or to make a mistake in the accounts; and the waiters tittered +and nudged each other. + +For it was generally thought that she had formerly had relations with +Alphonse, and some would even have it that she was still his mistress. + +She herself best knew how matters stood; but it was impossible to be +angry with Monsieur Alphonse. She was well aware that he cared no more +for her than for twenty others; that she had lost him--nay, that he had +never really been hers. And yet her eyes besought a friendly look, and +when he left the cafe without sending her a confidential greeting, it +seemed as though she suddenly faded, and the waiters said to each +other: "Look at madame; she is gray tonight." + +Over at the windows it was still light enough to read the papers; a +couple of young men were amusing themselves with watching the crowds +which streamed past. Seen through the great plate-glass windows, the +busy forms gliding past one another in the dense, wet, rainy air looked +like fish in an aquarium. Further back in the cafe, and over the +billiard-tables, the gas was lighted. Alphonse was playing with a +couple of friends. + +He had been to the buffet and greeted Madame Virginie, and she, who had +long noticed how Alphonse was growing paler day by day, had--half in +jest, half in anxiety--reproached him with his thoughtless life. + +Alphonse answered with a poor joke and asked for absinthe. + +How she hated those light ladies of the ballet and the opera who +enticed Monsieur Alphonse to revel night after night at the +gaming-table, or at interminable suppers! How ill he had been looking +these last few weeks! He had grown quite thin, and the great gentle +eyes had acquired a piercing, restless look. What would she not give to +be able to rescue him out of that life that was dragging him down! She +glanced in the opposite mirror and thought she had beauty enough left. + +Now and then the door opened and a new guest came in, stamped his feet, +and shut his wet umbrella. All bowed to Madame Virginie, and almost all +said, "What horrible weather!" + +When Charles entered, he saluted shortly and took a seat in the corner +beside the fireplace. + +Alphonse's eyes had indeed become restless. He looked towards the door +every time any one came in; and when Charles appeared, a spasm passed +over his face and he missed his stroke. + +"Monsieur Alphonse is not in the vein to-day," said an onlooker. + +Soon after a strange gentleman came in. Charles looked up from his +paper and nodded slightly; the stranger raised his eyebrows a little +and looked at Alphonse. + +He dropped his cue on the floor. + +"Excuse me, gentlemen, I'm not in the mood for billiards to-day," said +he, "permit me to leave off. Waiter, bring me a bottle of seltzer-water +and a spoon--I must take my dose of Vichy salts." + +"You should not take so much Vichy salts, Monsieur Alphonse, but rather +keep to a sensible diet," said the doctor, who sat a little way off +playing chess. + +Alphonse laughed, and seated himself at the newspaper-table. He seized +the JOURNAL AMUSANT, and began to make merry remarks upon the +illustrations. A little circle quickly gathered round him, and he was +inexhaustible in racy stories and whimsicalities. + +While he rattled on under cover of the others' laughter, he poured out +a glass of seltzer-water and took from his pocket a little box on which +was written, in large letters, "Vichy Salts." + +He shook the powder out into the glass and stirred it round with a +spoon. There was a little cigar-ash on the floor in front of his chair; +he whipped it off with his pocket-handkerchief, and then stretched out +his hand for the glass. + +At that moment he felt a hand on his arm. Charles had risen and hurried +across the room he now bent down over Alphonse. + +Alphonse turned his head towards him so that none but Charles could see +his face. At first he let his eyes travel furtively over his old +friend's figure; then he looked up, and, gazing straight at Charles, he +said, half aloud, "Charlie!" + +It was long since Charles had heard that old pet name. He gazed into +the well-known face and now for the first time saw how it had altered +of late. It seemed to him as though he were reading a tragic story +about himself. + +They remained thus far a second or two and there glided over Alphonse's +features that expression of imploring helplessness which Charles knew +so well from the old school-days, when Alphonse came bounding in at the +last moment and wanted his composition written. + +"Have you done with the JOURNAL AMUSANT?" asked Charles, with a thick +utterance. + +"Yes; pray take it," answered Alphonse, hurriedly. He reached him the +paper, and at the same time got hold of Charles's thumb. He pressed it +and whispered, "Thanks," then--drained the glass. + +Charles went over to the stranger who sat by the door: "Give me the +bill." + +"You don't need our assistance, then?" + +"No, thanks." + +"So much the better," said the stranger, handing Charles a folded blue +paper. Then he paid for his coffee and went. + +Madame Virginie rose with a little shriek: "Alphonse! Oh, my God! +Monsieur Alphonse is ill." + +He slipped off his chair; his shoulders went up and his head fell on +one side. He remained sitting on the floor, with his back against the +chair. + +There was a movement among those nearest; the doctor sprang over and +knelt beside him. When he looked in Alphonse's face he started a +little. He took his hand as if to feel his pulse, and at the same time +bent down over the glass which stood on the edge of the table. + +With a movement of the arm he gave it a slight push, so that it fell on +the floor and was smashed. Then he laid down the dead man's hand and +bound a handkerchief round his chin. + +Not till then did the others understand what had happened. "Dead? Is he +dead, doctor? Monsieur Alphonse dead?" + +"Heart disease," answered the doctor. + +One came running with water, another with vinegar. Amid laughter and +noise, the balls could be heard cannoning on the inner billiard-table. + +"Hush!" some one whispered. "Hush!" was repeated; and the silence +spread in wider and wider circles round the corpse, until all was quite +still. + +"Come and lend a hand," said the doctor. + +The dead man was lifted up; they laid him on a sofa in a corner of the +room, and the nearest gas-jets were put out. + +Madame Virginie was still standing up; her face was chalk-white, and +she held her little soft hand pressed against her breast. They carried +him right past the buffet. The doctor had seized him under the back, so +that his waistcoat slipped up and a piece of his fine white shirt +appeared. + +She followed with her eyes the slender, supple limbs she knew so well, +and continued to stare towards the dark corner. + +Most of the guests went away in silence. A couple of young men entered +noisily from the street; a waiter ran towards them and said a few +words. They glanced towards the corner, buttoned their coats, and +plunged out again into the fog. + +The half-darkened cafe was soon empty; only some of Alphonse's nearest +friends stood in a group and whispered. The doctor was talking with the +proprietor, who had now appeared on the scene. + +The waiters stole to and fro, making great circuits to avoid the dark +corner. One of them knelt and gathered up the fragments of the glass on +a tray. He did his work as quietly as he could; but for all that it +made too much noise. + +"Let that alone until by and by," said the host, softly. + +Leaning against the chimney-piece, Charles looked at the dead man. He +slowly tore the folded paper to pieces, while he thought of his friend. + + + + + + +HOPES + +BY + +FREDERIKA BREMER + + +The Translation by Mary Howitt. + + +HOPES + +BY + +FREDERIKA BREMER + + +I had a peculiar method of wandering without very much pain along the +stormy path of life. Although, in a physical as well as in a moral +sense, I wandered almost barefoot,-I HOPED, hoped from day to day; in +the morning my hopes rested on evening, in the evening on the morning; +in the autumn; upon the spring, in spring upon the autumn; from this +year to the next, and this amid mere hopes, I had passed through nearly +thirty years of my life, without, of all my privations, painfully +perceiving the want of anything but whole boots. Nevertheless, I +consoled myself easily for this out of doors in the open air but in a +drawing-room it always gave me an uneasy manner to have to turn the +heels, as being the part least torn, to the front. Much more oppressive +was it to me, truly, that I could in the abodes of misery only console +with kind words. + +I comforted myself, like a thousand others, by a hopeful glance upon +the rolling wheel of fortune, and with the philosophical remark, "When +the time comes, comes the counsel." + +As a poor assistant to a country clergyman with a narrow income and +meagre table, morally becoming mouldy in the company of the scolding +housekeeper, of the willingly fuddled clergyman, of a foolish young +gentleman and the daughters of the house, who, with high shoulders and +turned-in toes, went from morning to night paying visits, I felt a +peculiarly strange emotion of tenderness and joy as one of my +acquaintance informed me by writing, that my uncle, the Merchant P---in +Stockholm, to me personally unknown, now lay dying, and in a paroxysm +of kindred affection had inquired after his good-for-nothing nephew. + +With a flat, meagre little bundle, and a million of rich hopes, the +grateful nephew now allowed himself to be shaken up hill and down hill, +upon an uncommonly uncomfortable and stiff-necked peasant cart, and +arrived, head-over-heels, in the capital. + +In the inn where I alighted, I ordered for myself a little--only a very +little breakfast,--a trifle--a bit of bread-and-butter--a few eggs. + +The landlord and a fat gentleman walked up and down the saloon and +chatted. "Nay, that I must say," said the fat gentleman, "this Merchant +P--, who died the day before yesterday, he was a fine fellow." + +"Yes, yes," thought I; "aha, aha, a fellow, who had heaps of money! +Hear you, my friend" (to the waiter), "could not you get me a bit of +venison, or some other solid dish? Hear you, a cup of bouillon would +not be amiss. Look after it, but quick!" + +"Yes," said mine host now, "it is strong! Thirty thousand dollars, and +they banko! Nobody in the whole world could have dreamed of it--thirty +thousand!" + +"Thirty thousand!" repeated I, in my exultant soul, "thirty thousand! +Hear you, waiter! Make haste, give me here thirty then--; and give me +here banko--no give me here a glass of wine, I mean;" and from head to +heart there sang in me, amid the trumpet-beat of every pulse in +alternating echoes, "Thirty thousand! Thirty thousand!" + +"Yes," continued the fat gentlemen, "and would you believe that in the +mass of debts there are nine hundred dollars for credit and five +thousand dollars for champagne. And now all his creditors stand there +prettily and open their mouths; all the thing in the house are hardly +worth two farthings; and out of the house they find, as the only +indemnification--a calash!" + +"Aha, that is something quite different! Hear you, youth, waiter! Eh, +come you here! take that meat, and the bouillon, and the wine away +again; and hear you, observe well, that I have not eaten a morsel of +all this. How could I, indeed; I, that ever since I opened my eyes this +morning have done nothing else but eat (a horrible untruth!), and it +just now occurs to me that it would therefore be unnecessary to pay +money for such a superfluous feast." + +"But you have actually ordered it," replied the waiter, in a state of +excitement. + +"My friend," I replied, and seized myself behind the ear, a place +whence people, who are in embarrassment, are accustomed in some sort of +way to obtain the necessary help--"my friend, it was a mistake for +which I must not be punished; for it was not my fault that a rich heir, +for whom I ordered the breakfast, is all at once become poor,--yes, +poorer than many a poor devil, because he has lost more than the half +of his present means upon the future. If he, under these circumstances, +as you may well imagine, cannot pay for a dear breakfast, yet it does +not prevent my paying for the eggs which I have devoured, and giving +you over and above something handsome for your trouble, as business +compels me to move off from here immediately." + +By my excellent logic, and the "something handsome," I removed from my +throat, with a bleeding heart and a watering mouth, that dear +breakfast, and wandered forth into the city, with my little bundle +under my arm, to seek for a cheap room, while I considered where I w as +to get the money for it. + +In consequence of the violent coming in contact of hope and reality I +had a little headache. But when I saw upon my ramble a gentleman, +ornamented with ribbons and stars, alight from a magnificent carriage, +who had a pale yellow complexion, a deeply-wrinkled brow, and above his +eyebrows an intelligible trace of ill-humour; when I saw a young count, +with whom I had become acquainted in the University of Upsala, walking +along as if he were about to fall on his nose from age and weariness of +life, I held up my head, inhaled the air, which accidentally +(unfortunately) at this place was filled with the smell of smoked +sausage, and extolled poverty, and a pure heart. + +I found at length, in a remote street, a little room, which was more +suited to my gloomy prospects than to the bright hopes which I +cherished two hours before. + +I had obtained permission to spend the winter in Stockholm, and had +thought of spending it in quite a different way to what now was to be +expected. But what was to be done? To let the courage sink was the +worst of all; to lay the hands in the lap and look up to heaven, not +much better. "The sun breaks forth when one least expects it," thought +I, as heavy autumn clouds descended upon the city. I determined to use +all the means I could to obtain for myself a decent substance with a +somewhat pleasanter prospect for the future, than was opened to me +under the miserable protection of Pastor G., and, in the meantime, to +earn my daily bread by copying,--a sorrowful expedient in a sorrowful +condition. + +Thus I passed my days amid fruitless endeavors to find ears which might +not be deaf, amid the heart-wearing occupation of writing out fairly +the empty productions of empty heads, with my dinners becoming more and +more scanty, and with ascending hopes, until that evening against whose +date I afterwards made a cross in my calendar. + +My host had just left me with the friendly admonition to pay the first +quarter's rent on the following day, if I did not prefer (the +politeness is French) to march forth again with bag and baggage on a +voyage of discovery through the streets of the city. + +It was just eight o'clock, on an indescribably cold November evening, +when I was revived with this affectionate salutation on my return from +a visit to a sick person, for whom I, perhaps--really somewhat +inconsiderately, had emptied my purse. + +I snuffed my sleepy, thin candle with my fingers, and glanced around +the little dark chamber, for the further use of which I must soon see +myself compelled to gold-making. + +"Diogenes dwelt worse," sighed I, with a submissive mind, as I drew a +lame table from the window where the wind and rain were not contented +to stop outside. At that moment my eye fell upon a brilliantly blazing +fire in a kitchen, which lay, Tantalus-like, directly opposite to my +modest room, where the fireplace was as dark as possible. + +"Cooks, men and women, have the happiest lot of all serving mortals!" +thought I, as, with a secret desire to play that fire-tending game, I +contemplated the well-fed dame, amid iron pots and stewpans, standing +there like an empress in the glory of the firelight, and with the +fire-tongs sceptre rummaging about majestically in the glowing realm. + +A story higher, I had, through a window, which was concealed by no +envious curtain, the view into a brightly lighted room, where a +numerous family were assembled round a tea-table covered with cups and +bread baskets. + +I was stiff in my whole body, from cold and damp. How empty it was in +that part which may be called the magazine, I do not say; but, ah, good +Heavens! thought I, if, however, that pretty girl, who over there takes +a cop of tea-nectar and rich splendid rusks to that fat gentleman who, +from satiety, can hardly raise himself from the sofa, would but reach +out her lovely hand a little further, and could--she would with a +thousand kisses--in vain!--ah, the satiated gentleman takes his cup; he +steeps and steeps his rusk with such eternal slowness--it might be +wine. Now the charming girl caresses him. I am curious whether it is +the dear papa himself or the uncle, or, perhaps--Ah, the enviable +mortal! But no, it is quite impossible; he is at least forty years +older than she. See, that indeed must be his wife--an elderly lady, who +sits near him on the sofa, and who offers rusks to the young lady. The +old lady seems very dignified; but to whom does she go now? I cannot +see the person. An ear and a piece of a shoulder are all that peep +forth near the window. I cannot exactly take it amiss that the +respectable person turns his back to me; but that he keeps the young +lady a quarter of an hour standing before him, lets her courtesy and +offer her good things, does thoroughly provoke me. It must be a lady--a +man could not be so unpolite towards this angelic being. But--or--now +she takes the cup; and now, oh, woe! a great man's hand grasps into the +rusk-basket--the savage! and how he helps himself--the churl! I should +like to know whether it is her brother,--he was perhaps hungry, poor +fellow! Now come in, one after the other, two lovely children, who are +like the sister. I wonder now, whether the good man with one ear has +left anything remaining. That most charming of girls, how she caresses +the little ones, and kisses them, and gives to them all the rusks and +the cakes that have escaped the fingers of Monsieur Gobble. Now she has +had herself, the sweet child! of the whole entertainment, no more than +me--the smell. + +What a movement suddenly takes place in the room! The old gentleman +heaves himself up from the sofa--the person with one ear starts +forward, and in so doing, gives the young lady a blow (the dromedary!) +which makes her knock against the tea-table, whereby the poor lady, who +was just about springing up from the sofa, is pushed down again--the +children hop about and clap their hands--the door flies open--a young +officer enters--the young girl throws herself into his arms. So, +indeed! Aha, now we have it! I put to my shutters so violently that +they cracked, and seated myself on a chair, quite wet through with +rain, and with my knees trembling. + +What had I to do at the window? That is what one gets when one is +inquisitive. + +Eight days ago, this family had removed from the country into the +handsome house opposite to me; and it had never yet occurred to me to +ask who they were, or whence they came. What need was there for me +to-night to make myself acquainted with their domestic concerns in an +illicit manner? How could it interest me? I was in an ill-humor; +perhaps, too, I felt some little heartache. But for all that, true to +my resolution, not to give myself up to anxious thoughts when they +could do no good, I seized the pen with stiff fingers, and, in order to +dissipate my vexation, wished to attempt a description of domestic +happiness, of a happiness which I had never enjoyed. For the rest, I +philosophized whilst I blew upon my stiffened hands. "Am I the first +who, in the hot hour of fancy, has sought for a warmth which the stern +world of reality has denied him? Six dollars for a measure of fir-wood. +Yes, prosit, thou art not likely to get it before December! I write! + +"Happy, threefold happy, the family, in whose narrow, contracted circle +no heart bleeds solitarily, or solitarily rejoices! No look, no smile, +remains unanswered; and where the friends say daily, not with words but +with deeds, to each other, 'Thy cares, thy joys, thy happiness, are +mine also!'" + +"Lovely is the peaceful, the quiet home, which closes itself +protectingly around the weary pilgrim through life--which, around its +friendly blazing hearth, assembles for repose the old man leaning on +his staff, the strong man, the affectionate wife, and happy children, +who, shouting and exulting, hop about in their earthly heaven, and +closing a day spent in the pastimes of innocence, repeat a thanksgiving +prayer with smiling lips, and drop asleep on the bosom of their +parents, whilst the gentle voice of the mother tells them, in whispered +cradle-tones, how around their couch-- + + "The little angels in a ring, + Stand round about to keep + A watchful guard upon the bed + Where little children sleep." + +Here I was obliged to leave off, because I felt something resembling a +drop of rain come forth from my eye, and therefore could not any longer +see clearly. + +"How many," thought I, as my reflections, against my will, took a +melancholy turn--"how many are there who must, to their sorrow, do +without this highest happiness of earthly life--domestic happiness!" + +For one moment I contemplated myself in the only whole glass which I +had in my room--that OF TRUTH,--and then wrote again with gloomy +feeling:--"Unhappy, indeed, may the forlorn one be called, who, in the +anxious and cool moments of life (which, indeed, come so often), is +pressed to no faithful heart, whose sigh nobody returns, whose quiet +grief nobody alleviates with a 'I understand thee, I suffer with thee!' + +"He is cast down, nobody raises him up; he weeps, nobody sees it, +nobody will see it; he goes, nobody follows him; he comes, nobody goes +to meet him; he rests, nobody watches over him. He is lonely. Oh, how +unfortunate he is! Why dies he not? Ah, who would weep for him? How +cold is a grave which no warm tears of love moisten! + +"He is lonesome in the winter night; for him the earth has no flowers, +and dark burn the lights of heaven. Why wanders he, the lonesome one; +why waits he; why flies he not, the shadow, to the land of shades? Ah, +he still hopes, he is a mendicant who begs for joy, who yet waits in +the eleventh hour, that a merciful hand may give him an alms. + +"One only little blossom of earth will he gather, bear it upon his +heart, in order henceforth not so lonesomely, not so entirely lonesome, +to wander down to rest." + +It was my own condition which I described. I deplored myself. + +Early deprived of my parents, without brothers and sisters, friends, +and relations, I stood in the world yet so solitary and forlorn, that +but for an inward confidence in heaven, and a naturally happy temper, I +should often enough have wished to leave this contemptuous world; till +now, however, I had almost constantly hoped from the future, and this +more from an instinctive feeling that this might be the best, than to +subdue by philosophy every too vivid wish for an agreeable present +time, because it was altogether so opposed to possibility. For some +time, however, alas! it had been otherwise with me; I felt, and +especially this evening, more than ever an inexpressible desire to have +somebody to love,--to have some one about me who would cleave to +me--who would be a friend to me;--in short, to have (for me the highest +felicity on earth) a wife--a beloved, devoted wife! Oh, she would +comfort me, she would cheer me! her affection, even in the poorest hut, +would make of me a king. That the love-fire of my heart would not +insure the faithful being at my side from being frozen was soon made +clearly sensible to me by an involuntary shudder. More dejected than +ever, I rose up and walked a few times about my room (that is to say, +two steps right forward, and then turn back again). The sense of my +condition followed me like the shadow on the wall, and for the first +time in my life I felt myself cast down, and threw a gloomy look on my +dark future. I had no patron, therefore could not reckon upon promotion +for a long time; consequently, also, not upon my own bread--on a +friend--a wife, I mean. + +"But what in all the world," said I yet once more seriously to myself, +"what helps beating one's brains?" Yet once more I tried to get rid of +all anxious thoughts. "If, however, a Christian soul could only come to +me this evening! Let it be whoever it would--friend or foe--it would be +better than this solitude. Yes, even if an inhabitant of the world of +spirits opened the door, he would be welcome to me! What was that? +Three blows on the door! I will not, however, believe it--again three!" +I went and opened; there was nobody there; only the wind went howling +up and down the stairs. I hastily shut the door again, thrust my hands +into my pockets, and went up and down for a while, humming aloud. Some +moments afterwards I fancied I heard a sigh--I was silent, and +listened,--again there was very evidently a sigh--and yet once again, +so deep and so mournful, that I exclaimed with secret terror, "Who is +there?" No answer. + +For a moment I stood still, and considered what this really could mean, +when a horrible noise, as if cats were sent with yells lumbering down +the whole flight of stairs, and ended with a mighty blow against my +door, put an end to my indecision. I took up the candle, and a stick, +and went out. At the moment when I opened the door my light was blown +out. A gigantic white figure glimmered opposite to me, and I felt +myself suddenly embraced by two strong arms. I cried for help, and +struggled so actively to get loose that both myself and my adversary +fell to the ground, but so that I lay uppermost. Like an arrow I sprang +again upright, and was about to fetch a light, when I stumbled over +something--Heaven knows what it was (I firmly believe that somebody +held me fast by the feet), by which I fell a second time, struck my +head on the corner of the table, and lost my consciousness, whilst a +suspicions noise, which had great resemblance to laughter, rang in my +ears. + +When I again opened my eyes, they met a dazzling blaze of light. I +closed them again, and listened to a confused noise around me--opened +them again a very little, and endeavoured to distinguish the objects +which surrounded me, which appeared to me so enigmatical and strange +that I almost feared my mind had vanished. I lay upon a sofa, and--no, +I really did not deceive myself,--that charming girl, who on this +evening had so incessantly floated before my thoughts, stood actually +beside me, and with a heavenly expression of sympathy bathed my head +with vinegar. A young man whose countenance seemed known to me held my +hand between his. I perceived also the fat gentleman, another thin one, +the lady, the children, and in distant twilight I saw the shimmer of +the paradise of the tea-table; in short, I found myself by an +incomprehensible whim of fate amidst the family which an hour before I +had contemplated with such lively sympathy. + +When I again had returned to full consciousness, the young man embraced +me several times with military vehemence. + +"Do you then no longer know me?" cried he indignantly, as he saw me +petrified body and soul. "Have you then forgotten August D--, whose +life a short time since you saved at the peril of your own? whom you so +handsomely fished up, with danger to yourself, from having for ever to +remain in the uninteresting company of fishes? See here, my father, my +mother, my sister, Wilhelmina!" + +I pressed his hand; and now the parents embraced me. With a stout blow +of the fist upon the table, August's father exclaimed, "And because you +have saved my son's life, and because you are such a downright honest +and good fellow, and have suffered hunger yourself--that you might give +others to eat--you shall really have the parsonage at H--. Yes, you +shall become clergyman, I say!--I have jus patronatum, you understand!" + +For a good while I was not at all in a condition to comprehend, to +think, or to speak; and before all had been cleared up by a thousand +explanations, I could understand nothing clearly excepting that +Wilhelmina was not--that Wilhelmina was August's sister. + +He had returned this evening from a journey of service, during which, +in the preceding summer, chance had given to me the good fortune to +rescue him from a danger, into which youthful heat and excess of spirit +had thrown him. I had not seen him again since this occurrence; +earlier, I had made a passing acquaintance with him, had drunk +brotherhood with him at the university, and after that had forgotten my +dear brother. + +He had now related this occurrence to his family, with the easily +kindled-up enthusiasm of youth, together with what he knew of me +beside, and what he did not know. The father, who had a living in his +gift, and who (as I afterwards found) had made from his window some +compassionate remarks upon my meagre dinner-table, determined, assailed +by the prayers of his son, to raise me from the lap of poverty to the +summit of good fortune. August would in his rapture announce to me my +good luck instantly, and in order, at the same time, to gratify his +passion for merry jokes, made himself known upon my stairs in a way +which occasioned me a severe, although not dangerous, contusion on the +temples, and the unexpected removal across the street, out of the +deepest darkness into the brightest light. The good youth besought a +thousand times forgiveness for his thoughtlessness; a thousand times I +assured him that it was not worth the trouble to speak of such a +trifling blow. And, in fact, the living was a balsam which would have +made a greater wound than this imperceptible also. + +Astonished, and somewhat embarrassed, I now perceived that the ear and +the shoulder, whose possessor had seized so horribly upon the contents +of the rusk basket, and over whom I had poured out my gall belonged to +nobody else than to August's father, and my patron. The fat gentleman +who sat upon the sofa was Wilhelmina's uncle. + +The kindness and gayety of my new friends made me soon feel at home and +happy. The old people treated me like a child of the house, the young +ones as a brother, and the two little ones seemed to anticipate a +gingerbread-friend in me. + +After I had received two cups of tea from Wilhelmina's pretty hand, to +which I almost feared taking, in my abstraction of mind, more rusks +than my excellent patron, I rose up to take my leave. They insisted +absolutely upon my passing the night there; but I abode by my +determination of spending the first happy night in my old habitation, +amid thanksgiving to the lofty Ruler of my fate. + +They all embraced me afresh; and I now also embraced all rightly, from +the bottom of my heart, Wilhelmina also, although not without having +gracious permission first. "I might as well have left that alone," +thought I afterwards, "if it is to be the first and last time!" August +accompanied me back. + +My host stood in my room amid the overturned chairs and tables, with a +countenance which alternated between rain and sunshine; on one side his +mouth drew itself with a reluctant smile up to his ear, on the other it +crept for vexation down to his double chin; the eyes followed the same +direction, and the whole had a look of a combat, till the tone in which +August indicated to him that he should leave us alone, changed all into +the most friendly, grinning mien, and the proprietor of the same +vanished from the door with the most submissive bows. + +August was in despair about my table, my chair, my bed, and so on. It +was with difficulty that I withheld him from cudgelling the host who +would take money for such a hole. I was obliged to satisfy him with the +most holy assurances, that on the following day I would remove without +delay. "But tell him," prayed August, "before you pay him, that he is a +villain, a usurer, a cheat, a--or if you like, I will--" + +"No, no; heaven defend us!" interrupted I, "be quiet, and let me only +manage." + +After my young friend had left me, I passed several happy hours in +thinking on the change in my fate, and inwardly thanking God for it. My +thoughts then rambled to the parsonage; and heaven knows what fat oxen +and cows, what pleasure grounds, with flowers, fruits, and vegetables, +I saw in spirit surrounding my new paradise, where my Eve walked by my +side, and supported on my arm; and especially what an innumerable crowd +of happy and edified people I saw streaming from the church when I had +preached. I baptized, I confirmed, I comforted my beloved community in +the zeal and warmth of my heart--and forgot only the funerals. + +Every poor clergyman who has received a living, every mortal, +especially to whom unexpectedly a long-cherished wish has been +accomplished, will easily picture to himself my state. + +Later in the night it sunk at last like a veil before my eyes, and my +thoughts fell by degrees into a bewilderment which exhibited on every +hand strange images. I preached with a loud voice in my church, and the +congregation slept. After the service, the people came out of the +church like oxen and cows, and bellowed against me when I would have +admonished them. I wished to embrace my wife, but could not separate +her from a great turnip, which increased every moment, and at last grew +over both our heads. I endeavored to climb up a ladder to heaven, whose +stars beckoned kindly and brightly to me; but potatoes, grass, vetches, +and peas, entangled my feet unmercifully, and hindered every step. At +last I saw myself in the midst of my possessions walking upon my head, +and whilst in my sleepy soul I greatly wondered how this was possible, +I slept soundly in the remembrance of my dream. Yet then, however, I +must unconsciously have continued the chain of my pastoral thoughts, +for I woke in the morning with the sound of my own voice loudly +exclaiming, "Amen." + +That the occurrences of the former evening were actual truth, and no +dream, I could only convince myself with difficulty, till August paid +me a visit, and invited me to dine with his parents. + +The living, Wilhelmina, the dinner, the new chain of hopes for the +future which beamed from the bright sun of the present, all surprised +me anew with a joy, which one can feel very well, but never can +describe. + +Out of the depths of a thankful heart, I saluted the new life which +opened to me, with the firm determination that, let happen what might, +yet always TO DO THE RIGHT, AND TO HOPE FOR THE BEST. + +Two years after this, I sat on an autumn evening in my beloved +parsonage by the fire. Near to me sat my dear little wife, my sweet, +Wilhelmina, and spun. I was just about to read to her a sermon which I +intended to preach on the next Sunday, and from which I promised myself +much edification, as well for her as for the assembled congregation. +Whilst I was turning over the leaves, a loose paper fell out. It was +the paper upon which, on that evening two years before, in a very +different situation, I had written down my cheerful and my sad +thoughts. I showed it to my wife. She read, smiled with a tear in her +eye, and with a roguish countenance which, as I fancy, is particular to +her, took the pen and wrote on the other side of the paper: + +"The author can now, thank God, strike out a description which would +stand in perfect contrast to that which he once, in a dark hour, +sketched of an unfortunate person, as he himself was then. + +"Now he is no more lonesome, no more deserted. His quiet sighs are +answered, his secret griefs shared, by a wife tenderly devoted to him. +He goes, her heart follows him; he comes back, she meets him with +smiles; his tears flow not unobserved, they are dried by her hand, and +his smiles beam again in hers; for him she gathers flowers, to wreathe +around his brow, to strew in his path. He has his own fireside, friends +devoted to him, and, counts as his relations all those who have none of +their own. He loves, he is beloved; he can make people feel happy, he +is himself happy." + +Truly had my Wilhelmina described the present; and, animated by +feelings which are gay and delicious as the beams of the spring sun, I +will now, as hitherto, let my little troop of light hopes bound out +into the future. + +I hope, too, that my sermon for the next Sunday may not be without +benefit to my hearers; and even if the obdurate should sleep, I hope +that neither this nor any other of the greater or the less +unpleasantnesses which can happen to me may go to my heart and disturb +my rest. I know my Wilhelmina, and believe also that I know myself +sufficiently, to hope with certainty that I may always make her happy. +The sweet angel has given me hope that we may soon be able to add a +little creature to our little happy family, I hope, in the future, to +be yet multiplied. For my children I have all kinds of hopes _in +petto_. If I have a son, I hope that he will be my successor; if I have +a daughter, then--if August would wait--but I fancy that he is just +about to be married. + +I hope in time to find a publisher for my sermons. I hope to live yet a +hundred years with my wife. + +We--that is to say, my Wilhelmina and I--hope, during this time, to be +able to dry a great many tears, and to shed as few ourselves as our +lot, as children of the earth, may permit. + +We hope not to survive each other. + +Lastly, we hope always to be able to hope; and when the hour comes that +the hopes of the green earth vanish before the clear light of eternal +certainty, then we hope that the All-good Father may pass a mild +sentence upon His greatful and, in humility, hoping children. + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories by Foreign Authors, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES BY FOREIGN AUTHORS *** + +***** This file should be named 5336.txt or 5336.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/3/3/5336/ + +Produced by Nicole Apostola, Charles Franks and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/5336.zip b/5336.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..42026ca --- /dev/null +++ b/5336.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a983456 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #5336 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/5336) diff --git a/old/strsb10.txt b/old/strsb10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb636c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/strsb10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4619 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories by Foreign Authors, by Various + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: Stories by Foreign Authors + +Author: Various + +Release Date: March, 2004 [EBook #5336] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on July 2, 2002] +[Date last updated: August 14, 2005] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, STORIES BY FOREIGN AUTHORS *** + + + + +Nicole Apostola, Charles Franks and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team. + + + +STORIES BY FOREIGN AUTHORS + +SCANDINAVIAN + + + + +THE FATHER . . . . BY BJORNSTJERNE BJORNSON + +WHEN FATHER BROUGHT HOME THE LAMP . . . . BY JUHANI AHO + +THE FLYING MAIL . . . . BY M. GOLDSCHMIDT + +THE RAILROAD AND THE CHURCHYARD . . . . BY BJORNSTJERNE BJORNSON + +TWO FRIENDS . . . . BY ALEXANDER KIELLAND + +HOPES . . . . BY FREDERIKA BREMER + + + + + + +THE FATHER + +BY + +BJORNSTJERNE BJORNSON + + + + +From "The Bridal March." Translated by Prof. R. B. Anderson. + + +THE FATHER + +BY + +BJORNSTJERNE BJORNSON + + +The man whose story is here to be told was the wealthiest and most +influential person in his parish; his name was Thord Overaas. He +appeared in the priest's study one day, tall and earnest. + +"I have gotten a son," said he, "and I wish to present him for +baptism." + +"What shall his name be?" + +"Finn,--after my father." + +"And the sponsors?" + +They were mentioned, and proved to be the best men and women of +Thord's relations in the parish. + +"Is there anything else?" inquired the priest, and looked up. + +The peasant hesitated a little. + +"I should like very much to have him baptized by himself," said +he, finally. + +"That is to say on a week-day?" + +"Next Saturday, at twelve o'clock noon." + +"Is there anything else?" inquired the priest. + +"There is nothing else;" and the peasant twirled his cap, as +though he were about to go. + +Then the priest rose. "There is yet this, however," said he, and +walking toward Thord, he took him by the hand and looked gravely +into his eyes: "God grant that the child may become a blessing to +you!" + +One day sixteen years later, Thord stood once more in the priest's +study. + +"Really, you carry your age astonishingly well, Thord," said the +priest; for he saw no change whatever in the man. + +"That is because I have no troubles," replied Thord. + +To this the priest said nothing, but after a while he asked: "What +is your pleasure this evening?" + +"I have come this evening about that son of mine who is to be +confirmed to-morrow." + +"He is a bright boy." + +"I did not wish to pay the priest until I heard what number the +boy would have when he takes his place in church to-morrow." + +"He will stand number one." + +"So I have heard; and here are ten dollars for the priest." + +"Is there anything else I can do for you?" inquired the priest, +fixing his eyes on Thord. + +"There is nothing else." + +Thord went out. + +Eight years more rolled by, and then one day a noise was heard +outside of the priest's study, for many men were approaching, and +at their head was Thord, who entered first. + +The priest looked up and recognized him. + +"You come well attended this evening, Thord," said he. + +"I am here to request that the banns may be published for my son; +he is about to marry Karen Storliden, daughter of Gudmund, who +stands here beside me." + +"Why, that is the richest girl in the parish." + +"So they say," replied the peasant, stroking back his hair with +one hand. + +The priest sat a while as if in deep thought, then entered the +names in his book, without making any comments, and the men wrote +their signatures underneath. Thord laid three dollars on the +table. + +"One is all I am to have," said the priest. + +"I know that very well; but he is my only child, I want to do it +handsomely." + +The priest took the money. + +"This is now the third time, Thord, that you have come here on +your son's account." + +"But now I am through with him," said Thord, and folding up his +pocket-book he said farewell and walked away. + +The men slowly followed him. + +A fortnight later, the father and son were rowing across the lake, +one calm, still day, to Storliden to make arrangements for the +wedding. + +"This thwart is not secure," said the son, and stood up to +straighten the seat on which he was sitting. + +At the same moment the board he was standing on slipped from under +him; he threw out his arms, uttered a shriek, and fell overboard. + +"Take hold of the oar!" shouted the father, springing to his feet +and holding out the oar. + +But when the son had made a couple of efforts he grew stiff. + +"Wait a moment!" cried the father, and began to row toward his +son. Then the son rolled over on his back, gave his father one +long look, and sank. + +Thord could scarcely believe it; he held the boat still, and +stared at the spot where his son had gone down, as though he must +surely come to the surface again. There rose some bubbles, then +some more, and finally one large one that burst; and the lake lay +there as smooth and bright as a mirror again. + +For three days and three nights people saw the father rowing round +and round the spot, without taking either food or sleep; he was +dragging the lake for the body of his son. And toward morning of +the third day he found it, and carried it in his arms up over the +hills to his gard. + +It might have been about a year from that day, when the priest, +late one autumn evening, heard some one in the passage outside of +the door, carefully trying to find the latch. The priest opened +the door, and in walked a tall, thin man, with bowed form and +white hair. The priest looked long at him before he recognized +him. It was Thord. + +"Are you out walking so late?" said the priest, and stood still in +front of him. + +"Ah, yes! it is late," said Thord, and took a seat. + +The priest sat down also, as though waiting. A long, long silence +followed. At last Thord said: + +"I have something with me that I should like to give to the poor; +I want it to be invested as a legacy in my son's name." + +He rose, laid some money on the table, and sat down again. The +priest counted it. + +"It is a great deal of money," said he. + +"It is half the price of my gard. I sold it today." + +The priest sat long in silence. At last he asked, but gently: + +"What do you propose to do now, Thord?" + +"Something better." + +They sat there for a while, Thord with downcast eyes, the priest +with his eyes fixed on Thord. Presently the priest said, slowly +and softly: + +"I think your son has at last brought you a true blessing." + +"Yes, I think so myself," said Thord, looking up, while two big +tears coursed slowly down his cheeks. + + + + + + +WHEN FATHER BROUGHT HOME THE LAMP + +BY + +JUHANI AHO + + +In spite of ethnological and philological distinctions, +geographical association makes it more natural to include a +Finnish tale in the volume with Scandinavian stories than in any +other volume of this collection. + + +From "Squire Hellman." Translated by R. Nisbet Bain. Published by +the Cassell Publishing Co. + + + + +WHEN FATHER BROUGHT HOME THE LAMP + +BY + +JUHANI AHO + + +When father bought the lamp, or a little before that, he said to +mother: + +"Hark ye, mother--oughtn't we to buy us a lamp?" + +"A lamp? What sort of a lamp?" + +"What! Don't you know that the storekeeper who lives in the market +town has brought from St. Petersburg lamps that actually burn +better than ten PAREA? [Footnote: A pare (pr. payray; Swed., +perta; Ger., pergei) is a resinous pine chip, or splinter, used +instead of torch or candle to light the poorer houses in Finland.] They've +already got a lamp of the sort at the parsonage." + +"Oh, yes! Isn't it one of those things which shines in the middle +of the room so that we can see to read in every corner, just as if +it was broad daylight?" + +"That's just it. There's oil that burns in it, and you only have +to light it of an evening, and it burns on without going out till +the next morning." + +"But how can the wet oil burn?" + +"You might as well ask--how can brandy burn?" + +"But it might set the whole place on fire. When brandy begins to +burn you can't put it out, even with water." + +"How can the place be set on fire when the oil is shut up in a +glass, and the fire as well?" + +"In a glass? How can fire burn in a glass--won't it burst?" + +"Won't what burst?" + +"The glass." + +"Burst! No, it never bursts. It might burst, I grant you, if you +screwed the fire up too high, but you're not obliged to do that." + +"Screw up the fire? Nay, dear, you're joking--how CAN you screw up +fire?" + +"Listen, now! When you turn the screw to the right, the wick +mounts--the lamp, you know, has a wick, like any common candle, +and a flame too--but if you turn the screw to the left, the flame +gets smaller, and then, when you blow it, it goes out." + +"It goes out! Of course! I But I don't understand it a bit yet, +however much you may explain--some sort of new-fangled gentlefolk +arrangement, I suppose." + +"You'll understand it right enough when I've bought one." + +"How much does it cost?" + +"Seven and a half marks, and the oil separate at one mark the +can." + +"Seven and a half marks and the oil as well! Why, for that you +might buy parea for many a long day--that is, of course, if you +were inclined to waste money on such things at all, but when Pekka +splits them not a penny is lost." + +"And you'll lose nothing by the lamp, either! Pare wood costs +money too, and you can't find it everywhere on our land now as you +used to. You have to get leave to look for such wood, and drag it +hither to the bog from the most out-of-the-way places--and it's +soon used up, too." + +Mother knew well enough that pare wood is not so quickly used up +as all that, as nothing had been said about it up to now, and that +it was only an excuse to go away and buy this lamp. But she wisely +held her tongue so as not to vex father, for then the lamp and all +would have been unbought and unseen. Or else some one else might +manage to get a lamp first for his farm, and then the whole parish +would begin talking about the farm that had been the FIRST, after +the parsonage, to use a lighted lamp. So mother thought the matter +over, and then she said to father: + +"Buy it, if you like; it is all the same to me if it is a pare +that burns, or any other sort of oil, if only I can see to spin. +When, pray, do you think of buying it?" + +"I thought of setting off to-morrow--I have some other little +business with the storekeeper as well." + +It was now the middle of the week, and mother knew very well that +the other business could very well wait till Saturday, but she did +not say anything now either, but, "the sooner the better," thought +she. + +And that same evening father brought in from the storehouse the +big travelling chest in which grandfather, in his time, had stowed +his provisions when he came from Uleaborg, and bade mother fill it +with hay and lay a little cotton-wool in the middle of it. We +children asked why they put nothing in the box but hay and a +little wool in the middle, but she bade us hold our tongues, the +whole lot of us. Father was in a better humor, and explained that +he was going to bring a lamp from the storekeeper, and that it was +of glass, and might be broken to bits if he stumbled or if the +sledge bumped too much. + +That evening we children lay awake a long time and thought of the +new lamp; but old scullery-Pekka, the man who used to split up all +the parea, began to snore as soon as ever the evening pare was put +out. And he didn't once ask what sort of a thing the lamp was, +although we talked about it ever so much. + +The journey took father all day, and a very long time it seemed to +us all. We didn't even relish our food that day, although we had +milk soup for dinner. But scullery-Pekka gobbled and guzzled as +much as all of us put together, and spent the day in splitting +parea till he had filled the outhouse full. Mother, too, didn't +spin much flax that day either, for she kept on going to the +window and peeping out, over the ice, after father. She said to +Pekka, now and then, that perhaps we shouldn't want all those +parea any more, but Pekka couldn't have laid it very much to +heart, for he didn't so much as ask the reason why. + +It was not till supper time that we heard the horses' bells in the +courtyard. + +With the bread crumbs in our mouths, we children rushed out, but +father drove us in again and bade scullery-Pekka come and help +with the chest. Pekka, who had already been dozing away on the +bench by the stove, was so awkward as to knock the chest against +the threshold as he was helping father to carry it into the room, +and he would most certainly have got a sound drubbing for it from +father if only he had been younger, but he was an old fellow now, +and father had never in his life struck a man older than himself. +Nevertheless, Pekka would have heard a thing or two from father if +the lamp HAD gone to pieces, but fortunately no damage had been +done. + +"Get up on the stove, you lout!" roared father at Pekka, and up on +the stove Pekka crept. + +But father had already taken the lamp out of the chest, and now +let it hang down from one hand. + +"Look! there it is now! How do you think it looks? You pour the +oil into this glass, and that stump of ribbon inside is the wick-- +hold that pare a little further off, will you!" + +"Shall we light it?" said mother, as she drew back. + +"Are you mad? How can it be lighted when there's no oil in it?" + +"Well, but can't you pour some in, then?" + +"Pour in oil? A likely tale! Yes, that's just the way when people +don't understand these things; but the storekeeper warned me again +and again never to pour the oil in by firelight, as it might catch +fire and burn the whole house down." + +"Then when will you pour the oil into it!" + +"In the daytime--daytime, d'ye hear? Can't you wait till day? It +isn't such a great marvel as all that." "Have you SEEN it burn, +then?" + +"Of course I have. What a question! I've seen it burn many a time, +both at the parsonage and when we tried this one here at the +storekeeper's." + +"And it burned, did it?" + +"Burned? Of course it did, and when we put up the shutters of the +shop, you could have seen a needle on the floor. Look here, now! +Here's a sort of capsule, and when the fire is burning in this +fixed glass here, the light cannot creep up to the top, where it +isn't wanted either, but spreads out downward, so that you could +find a needle an the floor." + +Now we should have all very much liked to try if we could find a +needle on the floor, but father rang up the lamp to the roof and +began to eat his supper. + +"This evening we must be content, once more, with a pare," said +father, as he ate; "but to-morrow the lamp shall burn in this very +house." + +"Look, father! Pekka has been splitting parea all day, and filled +the outhouse with them." + +"That's all right. We've fuel now, at any rate, to last us all the +winter, for we sha'n't want them for anything else." + +"But how about the bathroom and the stable?" said mother. + +"In the bathroom we'll burn the lamp," said father. + +That night I slept still less than the night before, and when I +woke in the morning I could almost have wept, if I hadn't been +ashamed, when I called to mind that the lamp was not to be lit +till the evening. I had dreamed that father had poured oil into +the lamp at night and that it had burned the whole day long. + +Immediately when it began to dawn, father dug up out of that great +travelling chest of his a big bottle, and poured something out of +it into a smaller bottle. We should have very much liked to ask +what was in this bottle, but we daren't, for father looked so +solemn about it that it quite frightened us. + +But when he drew the lamp a little lower down from the ceiling and +began to bustle about it and unscrew it, mother could contain +herself no longer, and asked him what he was doing. + +"I am pouring oil into the lamp." + +"Well, but you're taking it to pieces! How will you ever get +everything you have unscrewed into its proper place again?" + +Neither mother nor we knew what to call the thing which father +took out from the glass holder. + +Father said nothing, but he bade us keep further off. Then he +filled the glass holder nearly full from the smaller bottle, and +we now guessed that there was oil in the larger bottle also. + +"Well, won't you light it now?" asked mother again, when all the +unscrewed things had been put back into their places and father +hoisted the lamp up to the ceiling again. + +"What! in the daytime?" + +"Yes--surely we might try it, to see how it will burn." + +"It'll burn right enough. Just wait till the evening, and don't +bother." + +After dinner, scullery-Pekka brought in a large frozen block of +wood to split up into parea, and cast it from his shoulders on to +the floor with a thud which shook the whole room and set in motion +the oil in the lamp. + +"Steady!" cries father; "what are you making that row for?" + +"I brought in this pare-block to melt it a bit--nothing else will +do it--it is regularly frozen." + +"You may save yourself the trouble then," said father, and he +winked at us. + +"Well, but you can't get a blaze out of it at all, otherwise." + +"You may save yourself the trouble, I say." + +"Are no more parea to be split up, then?" + +"Well, suppose I DID say that no more parea were to be split up?" + +"Oh! 't is all the same to me if master can get on without 'em." + +"Don't you see, Pekka, what is hanging down from the rafters +there?" When father put this question he looked proudly up at the +lamp, and then he looked pityingly down upon Pekka. + +Pekka put his clod in the corner, and then, but not till then, +looked up at the lamp. + +"It's a lamp," says father, "and when it burns you don't want any +more pare light." + +"Oh!" said Pekka, and, without a single word more, he went off to +his chopping-block behind the stable, and all day long, just as on +other days, he chopped a branch of his own height into little +fagots; but all the rest of us were scarce able to get on with +anything. Mother made believe to spin, but her supply of flax had +not diminished by one-half when she shoved aside the spindle and +went out. Father chipped away at first at the handle of his axe, +but the work must have been a little against the grain, for he +left it half done. After mother went away, father went out also, +but whether he went to town or not I don't know. At any rate he +forbade us to go out too, and promised us a whipping if we so much +as touched the lamp with the tips of our fingers. Why, we should +as soon have thought of fingering the priest's gold-embroidered +chasuble. We were only afraid that the cord which held up all this +splendor might break and we should get the blame of it. + +But time hung heavily in the sitting-room, and as we couldn't hit +upon anything else, we resolved to go in a body to the sleighing +hill. The town had a right of way to the river for fetching water +therefrom, and this road ended at the foot of a good hill down +which the sleigh could run, and then up the other side along the +ice rift. + +"Here come the Lamphill children," cried the children of the town, +as soon as they saw us. + +We understood well enough what they meant, but for all that we did +not ask what Lamphill children they alluded to, for our farm was, +of course, never called Lamphill. + +"Ah, ah! We know! You've gone and bought one of them lamps for +your place. We know all about it!" + +"But how came you to know about it already?" + +"Your mother mentioned it to my mother when she went through our +place. She said that your father had bought from the storeman one +of that sort of lamps that burn so brightly that one can find a +needle on the floor--so at least said the justice's maid." + +It is just like the lamp in the parsonage drawing-room, your +father told us just now. I heard him say so with my own ears," +said the innkeeper's lad. + +"Then you really have got a lamp like that, eh?" inquired all the +children of the town. + +"Yes, we have; but it is nothing to look at in the daytime, but in +the evening we'll all go there together." + +And we went on sleighing down hill and up hill till dusk, and every +time we drew our sleighs up to the hilltop, we talked about the lamp +with the children of the town. + +In this way the time passed quicker than we thought, and when we +had sped down the hill for the last time, the whole lot of us +sprang off homeward. + +Pekka was standing at the chopping block and didn't even turn his +head, although we all called to him with one voice to come and see +how the lamp was lit. We children plunged headlong into the room +in a body. + +But at the door we stood stock-still. The lamp was already burning +there beneath the rafters so brightly that we couldn't look at it +without blinking. + +"Shut the door; it's rare cold," cried father, from behind the +table. + +"They scurry about like fowls in windy weather," grumbled mother +from her place by the fireside. + +"No wonder the children are dazed by it, when I, old woman as I +am, cannot help looking up at it," said the innkeeper's old +mother. + +"Our maid also will never get over it," said the magistrate's +step-daughter. + +It was only when our eyes had got a little used to the light that +we saw that the room was half full of neighbors. + +"Come nearer, children, that you may see it properly," said +father, in a much milder voice than just before. + +"Knock that snow off your feet, and come hither to the stove; it +looks quite splendid from here," said mother, in her turn. + +Skipping and jumping, we went toward mother, and sat us all down +in a row on the bench beside her. It was only when we were under +her wing that we dared to examine the lamp more critically. We had +never once thought that it would burn as it was burning now, but +when we came to sift the matter out we arrived at the conclusion +that, after all, it was burning just as it ought to burn. And when +we had peeped at it a good bit longer, it seemed to us as if we +had fancied all along that it would be exactly as it was. + +But what we could not make out at all was how the fire was put +into that sort of glass. We asked mother, but she said we should +see how it was done afterward. + +The townsfolk vied with each other in praising the lamp, and one +said one thing, and another said another. The innkeeper's old +mother maintained that it shone just as calmly and brightly as the +stars of heaven. The magistrate, who had sad eyes, thought it +excellent because it didn't smoke, and you could burn it right in +the middle of the hall without blackening the walls in the least, +to which father replied that it was, in fact, meant for the hall, +but did capitally for the dwelling room as well, and one had no +need now to dash hither and thither with parea, for all could now +see by a single light, let them be never so many. + +When mother observed that the lesser chandelier in church scarcely +gave a better light, father bade me take my ABC book, and go to +the door to see if I could read it there. I went and began to +read: "Our Father." But then they all said: "The lad knows that by +heart." Mother then stuck a hymn-book in my hand, and I set off +with "By the Waters of Babylon." + +"Yes; it is perfectly marvellous!" was the testimony of the +townsfolk. + +Then said father: "Now if any one had a needle, you might throw it +on the floor and you would see that it would be found at once." + +The magistrate's step-daughter had a needle in her bosom, but when +she threw it on the floor, it fell into a crack, and we couldn't +find it at all--it was so small. + +It was only after the townsfolk had gone that Pekka came in. + +He blinked a bit at first at the unusual lamplight, but then +calmly proceeded to take off his jacket and rag boots. + +"What's that twinkling in the roof there enough to put your eyes +out?" he asked at last, when he had hung his stockings up on the +rafters. + +"Come now, guess what it is," said father, and he winked at mother +and us. + +"I can't guess," said Pekka, and he came nearer to the lamp. + +"Perhaps it's the church chandelier, eh?" said father jokingly. + +"Perhaps," admitted Pekka; but he had become really curious, and +passed his thumb along the lamp. + +"There's no need to finger it," says father; "look at it, but +don't touch it." + +"All right, all right! I don't want to meddle with it!" said +Pekka, a little put out, and he drew back to the bench alongside +the wall by the door. + +Mother must have thought that it was a sin to treat poor Pekka so, +for she began to explain to him that it was not a church +chandelier at all, but what people called a lamp, and that it was +lit with oil, and that was why people didn't want parea any more. + +But Pekka was so little enlightened by the whole explanation that +he immediately began to split up the pare-wood log which he had +dragged into the room the day before. Then father said to him that +he had already told him there was no need to split parea any more. + +"Oh! I quite forgot," said Pekka; "but there it may bide if it +isn't wanted any more," and with that Pekka drove his pare knife +into a rift in the wall. + +"There let it rest at leisure," said father. + +But Pekka said never a word more. A little while after that he +began to patch up his boots, stretched on tiptoe to reach down a +pare from the rafters, lit it, stuck it in a slit fagot, and sat +him down on his little stool by the stove. We children saw this +before father, who stood with his back to Pekka planing away at +his axe-shaft under the lamp. We said nothing, however, but +laughed and whispered among ourselves, "If only father sees that, +what will he say, I wonder?" And when father did catch sight of +him, he planted himself arms akimbo in front of Pekka, and asked +him, quite spitefully, what sort of fine work he had there, since +he must needs have a separate light all to himself? + +"I am only patching up my shoes," said Pekka to father. + +"Oh, indeed! Patching your shoes, eh? Then if you can't see to do +that by the same light that does for me, you may take yourself off +with your pare into the bath-house or behind it if you like." + +And Pekka went. + +He stuck his boots under his arm, took his stool in one hand and +his pare in the other, and off he went. He crept softly through +the door into the hall, and out of the hall into the yard. The +pare light flamed outside in the blast, and played a little while, +glaring red, over outhouses, stalls, and stables. We children saw +the light through the window and thought it looked very pretty. +But when Pekka bent down to get behind the bath-house door, it was +all dark again in the yard, and instead of the pare we saw only +the lamp mirroring itself in the dark window-panes. + +Henceforth we never burned a pare in the dwelling-room again. The +lamp shone victoriously from the roof, and on Sunday evenings all +the townsfolk often used to come to look upon and admire it. It +was known all over the parish that our house was the first, after +the parsonage, where the lamp had been used. After we had set the +example, the magistrate bought a lamp like ours, but as he had +never learned to light it, he was glad to sell it to the +innkeeper, and the innkeeper has it still. + +The poorer farmfolk, however, have not been able to get themselves +lamps, but even now they do their long evening's work by the glare +of a pare. + +But when we had had the lamp a short time, father planed the walls +of the dwelling-room all smooth and white, and they never got +black again, especially after the old stove, which used to smoke, +had to make room for another, which discharged its smoke outside +and had a cowl. + +Pekka made a new fireplace in the bath-house out of the stones of +the old stove, and the crickets flitted thither with the stones-- +at least their chirping was never heard any more in the dwelling +room. Father didn't care a bit, but we children felt, now and +then, during the long winter evenings, a strange sort of yearning +after old times, so we very often found our way down to the bath- +house to listen to the crickets, and there was Pekka sitting out +the long evenings by the light of his pare. + + + + + + +THE FLYING MAIL + +BY + +M. GOLDSCHMIDT + + +From "The Flying Mail." Translated by Carl Larsen. + + + + +THE FLYING MAIL + +BY + +M. GOLDSCHMIDT + + +I. + +Fritz Bagger had just been admitted to the bar. He had come home +and entered his room, seeking rest. All his mental faculties were +now relaxed after their recent exertion, and a long-restrained +power was awakened. He had reached a crisis in life: the future +lay before him,--the future, the future! What was it to be? He was +twenty-four years old, and could turn himself whichever way he +pleased, let fancy run to any line of the compass. Out upon the +horizon, he saw little rose-colored clouds, and nothing therein +but a certain undefined bliss. He put his hands over his eyes, and +sought to bring this uncertainty into clear vision; and after a +long time had elapsed, he said: "Yes, and so one marries." + +"Yes, one marries," he continued, after a pause; "but whom?" + +His thoughts now took a more direct course; but the pictures in +his mind's eye had not become plainer. Again the horizon widely +around was rose-colored, and between the tinted cloud-layers +angel-heads peeped out--not Bible angels, which are neither man +nor woman; but angelic girls, whom he didn't know, and who didn't +know him. The truth was, he didn't know anybody to whom he could +give his heart, but longed, with a certain twenty-four-year power, +for her to whom he could offer it,--her who was worthy to receive +his whole self-made being, and in exchange give him all that queer +imagined bliss, which is or ought to be in the world, as every one +so firmly believes. + +"Oh, I am a fool!" he said, as he suddenly became conscious that +he was merely dreaming and wishing. He tried to think of something +practical, thought upon a little picnic that was to be held in the +evening; but the same dream returned and overpowered him, because +the season of spring was in him, because life thrilled in him as +in trees and plants when the spring sun shines. + +He leaned upon the window-seat--it was in an attic--and let the +wind cool his forehead. But while the wind refreshed, the street +itself gave his mind new nourishment. Down there it moved, to him +unknown, and veiled and hidden as at a masquerade. What a treasure +might not that easy virgin foot carry! What a fancy might there +not be moving in the head under that little bonnet, and what a +heart might there not be beating under the folds of that shawl! +But, too, all this preciousness might belong to another. + +Alas! yes, there were certainly many amiable ones down there!--and +if destiny should lead him to one of them, who was free, lovely, +well-bred, of good family, could any one vouch that for her sake +he was not giving up HER, the beau-ideal, the expected, whose +portrait had shown itself between the tinted clouds? or, in any +event, who can vouch for one's success in not missing the right +one? + +"Oh! life is a lottery, a cruel lottery; for to everybody there is +but one drawing, and the whole man is at stake. Woe to the loser!" + +After the expiration of some time, Fritz, under the influence of +these meditations, had become melancholy, and all bright, smiling, +and sure as life had recently appeared to him, so misty, +uncertain, and painful it now appeared. For the second time he +stroked his forehead, shook these thoughts from him, seeking more +practical ones, and for the second time it terminated in going to +the window and gazing out. + +A whirlwind filled the street, slamming gates and doors, shaking +windows and carrying dust with it up to his attic chamber. He was +in the act of drawing back, when he saw a little piece of paper +whirled in the dust cloud coming closely near him. He shut his +eyes to keep out the dust, grasping at random for the paper, which +he caught. At the same moment the whirlwind ceased, and the sky +was again clear. This appeared to him ominous; the scrap of paper +had certainly a meaning to him, a meaning for him; the unknown +whom he had not really spoken to, yet had been so exceedingly busy +with, could not quite accidentally have thus conveyed this to his +hands, and with throbbing heart he retired from the window to read +the message. + +One side of the paper was blank; in the left-hand corner of the +other side was written "beloved," and a little below it seemed as +if there had been a signature, but now there was nothing left +excepting the letters "geb." + +"'Geb,' what does that mean?" asked Fritz Bagger, with dark humor. +"If it had been gek, I could have understood it, although it were +incorrectly written. Geb, Gebrer, Algebra, Gebruderbuh,--I am a +big fool." + +"But it is no matter, she shall have an answer," he shouted after +a while, and seated himself to write a long, glowing love-letter. +When it was finished and read, he tore it in pieces. + +"No," said he, "if destiny has intended the least thing by acting +to me as mail-carrier through the window, let me act reasonably." +He wrote on a little piece of paper: + +"As the old Norwegians, when they went to Iceland, threw their +high-seat pillars into the sea with the resolution to settle where +they should go ashore, so I send this out. My faith follows after; +and it is my conviction that where this alights, I shall one day +come, and salute you as my chosen, as my--." "Yes, now what more +shall I add?" he asked himself. "Ay, as my--'geb'--!" he added, +with an outburst of merry humor, that just completed the whole +sentimental outburst. He went to the window and threw the paper +out; it alighted with a slow quivering. He was already afraid that +it would go directly down into the ditch; but then a breeze came +lifting it almost up to himself again, then a new current carried +it away, lifting it higher and higher, whirling it, till at last +it disappeared from his sight in continual ascension, so he +thought. + +"After all, I have become engaged to-day," he said to himself, +with a certain quiet humor, and yet impressed by a feeling that he +had really given himself to the unknown. + +II. + +Six years had passed, and Fritz Bagger had made his mark, although +not as a lover. He had become Counsellor, and was particularly +distinguished for the skill and energy with which he brought +criminals to confession. It is thus that a man of fine and poetic +feelings can satisfy himself in such a business, for a time at +least: with the half of his soul he can lead a life which to +himself and others seems entire only because it is busy, because +it keeps him at work, and fills him with a consciousness of +accomplishing something practical and good. There is a youthful +working power, which needs not to look sharply out into the future +for a particular aim of feeling or desire. This power itself, by +the mere effort to keep in a given place, is for such an +organization, every day, an aim, a relish; and one can for a +number of years drive business so energetically, that he, too, +slips over that difficult time which in every twenty-four hours +threatens to meet him, the time between work and sleep, twilight, +when the other half of the soul strives to awaken. + +Be it because his professional duties gave him no time or +opportunity for courtship, or for some other reason, Fritz Bagger +remained a bachelor; and a bachelor with the income of his +profession is looked upon as a rich man. Counsellor Bagger would, +when business allowed, enter into social life, treating it in that +elegant, independent, almost poetic manner, which in most cases is +denied to married men, and which is one reason why they press the +hand of a bachelor with a sigh, a mixture of envy, admiration, and +compassion. If we add here that a bachelor with such a +professional income is the possible stepping-stone to an +advantageous marriage, it is easily seen that Fritz Bagger was +much sought for in company. He went, too, into it as often as +allowed by his legal duties, from which he would hasten in the +black "swallow-tail" to a dinner or soiree, and often amused +himself where most others were weary; because conversation about +anything whatever with the cultivated was to him a refreshment, +and because he brought with him a good appetite and good humor, +resting upon conscientious work. He could show interest in divers +trifles, because in their nothingness (quite contrary to the +trifles in which half an hour previous, with painful interest, he +had ferreted out crime), they appeared to him as belonging to an +innocent, childish world; and if conversation approached more +earnest things, he spoke freely, and evidently gave himself quite +up to the subject, letting the whole surface of his soul flow out. +And this procured him friendship and reputation. + +In this way, then, six years had slipped by, when Counsellor +Bagger, or rather Fritz Bagger as we will call him, in remembrance +of his examination-day, and his notes by the flying mail, was +invited to a wedding-party on the shooting-ground. The company was +not very large,--only thirty couples,--but very elegant. Bagger +was a friend in the families of both bride and bridegroom, and +consequently being well known to nearly all present he felt +himself as among friends gathered by a mutual joy, and was more +than usually animated. A superb wine, which the bride's father had +himself brought, crowned their spirits with the last perfect +wreath. Although the toast to the bridal pair had been officially +proposed, Bagger took occasion to offer his congratulations in a +second encomium of love and matrimony; which gave a solid, prosaic +man opportunity for the witty remark and hearty wish that so +distinguished a practical office-holder as Counsellor Bagger would +carry his fine theories upon matrimony into practice. The toast +was drunk with enthusiasm, and just at that moment a strong wind +shook the windows, and burst open one of the doors, blowing so far +into the hall as to cause the lights to flicker much. + +Bagger became, through the influence of the wine, the company, and +the sight of the happy bridal pair, six years younger. His soul +was carried away from criminal and police courts, and found itself +on high, as in the attic chamber, with a vision of the small +tinted clouds and the angel-heads. The sudden gust of wind carried +him quite back to the moment when he sent out his note as the +Norwegian heroes their high-seat pillars: the spirit of his +twenty-fourth year came wholly over him, queerly mixed with the +half-regretful reflection of the thirtieth year, with fun, +inclination to talk and to breathe; and he exclaimed, as he rose +to acknowledge the toast: + +"I am engaged." + +"Ay! ay! Congratulate! congratulate!" sounded from all sides. + +"This gust of wind, which nearly extinguished the lights, brought +me a message from my betrothed!" + +"What?" "What is it?" asked the company, their heads at that +moment not in the least condition for guessing charades. + +"Counsellor Bagger, have you, like the Doge of Venice, betrothed +yourself to the sea or storm?" asked the bridegroom. + +"Hear him, the fortunate! sitting upon the golden doorstep to the +kingdom of love! Let him surmise and guess all that concerns +Cupid, for he has obtained the inspiration, the genial sympathy," +exclaimed Bagger. "Yes," he continued, "just like the Doge of +Venice, but not as aristocratic! From my attic chamber, where I +sat on my examination-day, guided by Cupid, in a manner which it +would take too long to narrate, I gave to the whirlwind a love- +letter, and at any moment SHE can step forward with my letter, my +promise, and demand me soul and body." + +"Who is it, then?" asked bridegroom and bride, with the most +earnest interest. + +"Yes, how can I tell that? Do I know the whirlwind's roads?" + +"Was the letter signed with your name?" + +"No; but don't you think I will acknowledge my handwriting?" +replied Bagger, quite earnestly. + +This earnestness with reference to an obligation which no one +understood became comical; and Bagger felt at the moment that he +was on the brink of the ridiculous. Trying to collect himself, he +said: + +"Is it not an obligation we all have? Do not both bride and +bridegroom acknowledge that long before they knew each other the +obligation was present?" + +"Yes, yes!" exclaimed the bridegroom. + +"And the whirlwind, accident, the unknown power, brought them +together so that the obligation was redeemed?" + +"Yes, yes!" + +"Let us, then," continued Bagger, "drink a toast to the wind, the +accident, the moving power, unknown and yet controlling. To those +of us who, as yet, are unprovided for and under forty, it will at +some time undoubtedly bring a bride; to those who are already +provided for will come the expected in another form. So a toast to +the wind that came in here and flickered the lights; to the +unknown, that brings us the wished for; and to ourselves, that we +may be prepared to receive it when announced." + +"Bravo!" exclaimed the bridegroom, looking upon his bride. + +"Puh-h-h!" thought Bagger, seating himself with intense relief, "I +have come out of it somewhat decently after all. The deuce take me +before I again express a sentimentality." + +How Counsellor Bagger that night could have fallen asleep, between +memory, or longing and discontent, is difficult to tell, had he +not on his arrival home found a package of papers, an interesting +theft case. He sat down instantly to read, and day dawned ere they +were finished. His last thought, before his eyelids closed, was,-- +Two years in the House of Correction. + +III. + +A month later, toward the close of September, two ladies, twenty +or twenty-two years of age, were walking in a garden about ten +miles from Copenhagen. Although the walks were quite wide, +impediments in them made it difficult for the ladies to go side by +side. The autumn showed itself uneven and jagged. The currant and +gooseberry boughs, that earlier hung in soft arches, now projected +stiffly forth, catching in the ladies' dresses; branches from plum +and apple trees hung bare and broken, and required attention above +also. One of the ladies apparently was at home there: this was +evident partly from her dress, which, although elegant, was +domestic, and partly by her taking the lead and paying honor, by +drawing boughs and branches aside, holding them until the other +lady, who was more showily dressed, had slipped past. On account +of the hindrances of the walk there were none of those easy, +subdued, familiar conversations, which otherwise so naturally +arise when young ladies, acquaintances, or "friends," visit each +other, and from the house slip out alone into garden or wood. An +attentive observer meanwhile, by scrutinizing the physiognomy of +both, would, perhaps, have come to the conclusion, that even if +these two had been together on the most unobstructed road, no +confidence would have arisen between them, and would have +suspected the hostess of trying to atone for her lack of interest, +by being polite and careful. She was not strikingly handsome, but +possessed of a fine nature, which manifested itself in the whole +figure, and perhaps, especially, in the uncommonly well-formed +nose; yet it was by peering into her eyes that one first obtained +the idea of a womanhood somewhat superior to the generality of her +sex. Their expression was not to be caught at once: they told of +both meditation and resolve, and hinted at irony or badinage, +which works so queerly when it comes from deep ground. The other +lady was "burgherly-genteel," a handsome, cultivated girl, had +certainly also some soul, but yet was far less busy with a world +in her own heart than with the world of fashion. It was about the +world, the world of Copenhagen, that Miss Brandt at this moment +was giving Miss Hjelm an account, interrupted by the boughs and +branches, and although Miss Hjelm was not, nun-like, indifferent +either to fashions or incidents in high life, the manner in which +Miss Brandt unmistakably laid her soul therein, caused her to go +thus politely before. + +"But you have heard about Emmy Ibsen's marriage?" asked Miss +Brandt. + +"Yes, it was about a month ago, I think." + +"Yes, I was bridesmaid." + +"Indeed!" said Miss Hjelm, in a voice which atoned for her +brevity. + +"The party was at the shooting-ground." + +"So!" said Miss Hjelm again, with as correct an intonation as if +she had learned it for "I don't care." "Take care, Miss Brandt," +she added, stooping to avoid an apple-branch. + +"Take care?--oh, for that branch!" said Miss Brandt, and avoided +it as charmingly and coquettishly as if it had been living. + +"It was very gay," she added, "even more so than wedding-parties +commonly are; but this was caused a good deal by Counsellor +Bagger." + +"So!" + +"Yes, he was very gay ... I was his companion at table. + +"Ah!" + +"Oh, only to think! at the table he stands up declaring that he is +engaged." + +"Was his lady present?" + +"No, that she was not, I think. Do you know who it was?" + +"No, how should I know that, Miss Brandt?" + +"The whirlwind!" + +"The whirlwind?" + +"Yes. He said that he, as a young man, in a solemn moment had sent +his love letter or his promise out with the wind, and he was +continually waiting for an answer: he had given his promise, was +betrothed!--Ou!" + +"What is it?" asked Miss Hjelm, sympathetically. The truth was, +the young hostess at this moment had relaxed her polite care, and +a limb of a gooseberry-bush had struck against Miss Brandt's +ankle. + +The pain was soon over; and the two ladies, who now had reached +the termination of the walk, turned toward the house side by side, +each protecting herself, unconscious that any change had occurred. + +"But I hardly believe it," continued Miss Brandt: "he said it +perhaps only to make himself conspicuous, for certain gentlemen +are just as coquettish as ... as they accuse us of being." + +Miss Hjelm uttered a doubting, "Um!" + +"Yes, that they really are! Have you ever seen any lady as +coquettish as an actor?" + +"I don't know any of them, but I should suppose an actress might +be." + +"No: no actress I have ever met of the better sort was really +coquettish. I don't know how it is with them, but I believe they +have overcome coquettishness." + +"But you think, then, Counsellor Bang is coquettish?" + +"Not Bang--Bagger. Yes; for although he said he had this romantic +love for a fairy, he often does court to modest earthly ladies. He +is properly somewhat of a flirt." + +"That is unbecoming an old man." + +"Yes; but he is not old." + +"Oh!" said Miss Hjelm, laughing: "I have only known one war +counsellor, and he was old; so I thought of all war counsellors as +old." + +"Yes; but Counsellor Bagger is not war counsellor, but a real +Superior Court Counsellor." + +"Oh, how earnest that is! And so he is in love with a fairy?" + +"Yes: it is ridiculous!" said Miss Brandt, laughing. During this +conversation they had reached the house, and Miss Brandt +complained that something was yet pricking her ankle. They went +into Miss Hjelm's room, and here a thorn was discovered and taken +out. + +"How pretty and cosy this room really is!" said Miss Brandt, +looking around. "In a situation like this one can surely live in +the country summer and winter. Out with us at Taarback it blows in +through the windows, doors, and very walls." + +"That must be bad in a whirlwind." + +"Yes--yes: still, it might be quite amusing when the whirlwind +carried such billets: not that one would care for them; yet they +might be interesting for a while." + +"Oh, yes! perhaps." + +"Yes: how do you think a young girl would like it, when there came +from Heaven a billet, in which one pledged himself to her for time +and eternity?" + +"That isn't easy to say; but I don't believe the occurrence quite +so uncommon. A friend of mine once had such a billet blown to her, +and she presented me with it." + +"Does one give such things away? Have you the billet?" + +"I will look for it," answered Miss Hjelm; and surely enough, +after longer search in the sewing-table, in drawers, and small +boxes, than was really necessary, she found it. Miss Brandt read +it, taking care not to remark that it very much appeared to her as +if it resembled the one the counsellor had mentioned. + +"And such a billet one gives away!" she said after a pause. + +"Yes: will you have it?" asked Miss Hjelm, as though after a +sudden resolution. + +Miss Brandt's first impulse was an eager acceptance; but she +checked herself almost as quickly, and answered: + +"Oh, yes, thank you, as a curiosity." Then slowly put it between +her glove and hand. + +As Miss Brandt and her company rode away, said Miss Hjelm's +cousin, a handsome, middle-aged widow, to her: + +"How is it, Ingeborg? It appears to me you laugh with one eye and +weep with the other." + +"Yes: a soap-bubble has burst for me, and glitters, maybe, for +another." + +"You know I seldom understand the sentimental enigmas: can you not +interpret your words?" + +"Yes: to-day an illusion has vanished, that had lasted for six +years." + +"For six years?" said her cousin, with an inquiring or +sympathizing look. "So it began when you were hardly sixteen +years." + +"Now do you believe, that when I was in my sixteenth year I saw an +ideal of a man, and was enamoured of him, and to-day I hear that +he is married." + +"No, I don't know as I believe just that," answered the cousin, +dropping her eyes; "but I suppose that then you had a pretty +vision, and have carried it along with you in silence--and with +faith." + +"But it was something more than a vision; it was a letter--a love- +letter." + +The cousin looked upon Ingeborg so inquiringly, so anxiously, that +words were unnecessary. Beside this the cousin knew, that when +Ingeborg was inclined to talk, she did so without being asked, and +if she wished to be silent, she was silent. + +Ingeborg continued: "One time, I drove to town with sainted +father. Father was to go no further than to Noerrebro, and I had +an errand at Vestervold. So I stepped out and went through the +Love-path. As I came to the corner of the path, and the +Ladegaardsway, the wind blew so violently against me, that I could +hardly breathe; and something blew against my veil, fluttering +with wings like a humming-bird. I tried to drive it away, for it +blinded one of my eyes; but it blew back again. So I caught it and +was going to let it fly away over my head, but that moment I saw +it was written upon, and read it. It was a love-letter! A man +wrote that he sent this as in old times the Norwegian emigrants +let their high-seat pillars be carried by the sea, and where it +came he would one time come, and bring his faith to his destined-- +Geb.'" + +"'Geb'? What is that?" asked the cousin. "That is Ingeborg," +answered Miss Hjelm, with a plain simplicity, showing how deeply +she had believed in the earnestness of the message. + +"It was really remarkable!" said the cousin, and added with a +smile which perhaps was somewhat ironical: "And did you then +resolve to remain unmarried, until the unknown letter-writer +should come and redeem his vow?" + +"I will not say that," answered Ingeborg, who quickly became more +guarded; "but the letter perhaps contained some stronger +requirements than under the circumstances could be fulfilled." + +"So! and now?" + +"Now I have presented the letter to Miss Brandt." + +"You gave it away? Why?" + +"Because I learned that the man, who perhaps or probably wrote it +in his youth, has spoken about it publicly, and is counsellor in +one of the courts." + +"Oh, I understand," said the cousin, half audibly: "when the ideal +is found out to be a counsellor, then--" + +"Then it is not an ideal any longer? No. The whole had been +spoiled by being fumbled in public. I would get away from the +temptation to think of him. Do court to him, announce myself to +him as the happy finder,--I could not." + +"That I understand very well," said the cousin, putting her arm +affectionately around Ingeborg's waist; "but why did you just give +Miss Brandt the letter?" + +"Because she is acquainted with the counsellor, and indeed, as far +as I could understand, feels somewhat for him. They two can get +each other; and what a wonderful consecration it will be when she +on the marriage-day gives him the letter!" + +The cousin said musingly: "And such secrets can live in one whole +year, without another surmising it!" Suddenly she added: "But how +will Miss Brandt on that occasion interpret the word 'Geb'?" + +"Oh! I suppose a single syllable is of no consequence; and, +besides, Miss Brandt is a judicious girl," answered Ingeborg, with +an inexpressible flash in the dark eyes. + +IV. + +Good fortune seldom comes singly. One morning Criminal and Court +Counsellor Bagger got, at his residence at Noerre Street, official +intelligence that from the first of next month he was transferred +to the King's Court, and in grace was promoted to be veritable +counsellor of justice there; rank, fourth-class, number three. As, +gratified by this friendly smile from above, he went out to repair +to the court-house, he met in the porch a postman, who delivered +him a letter. With thoughts yet busy with new title and court, +Counsellor Bagger broke the letter, but remained as if fixed to +the ground. In it he read: + +"The high-seat pillars have come on shore. + +"--'GEB.'--" + +One says well, that a man's love or season of courtship lasts till +his thirtieth year, and after that time he is ambitious; but it is +not always so, and with Counsellor Bagger it was in all respects +the contrary. His ambition was already, if not fully reached, yet +in some degree satisfied. The faculty of love had not been at all +employed, and the letter came like a spark in a powder-cask; it +ran glowing through every nerve. The youthful half of his soul, +which had slept within him, wakened with such sudden, +revolutionary strength, that the other half soul, which until now +had borne rule, became completely subject; yes, so wholly, that +Counsellor Bagger went past the court-house and came down in +Court-house Street without noticing it. Suddenly he missed the big +building with the pillars and inscription: "With law shall Lands +be built;" looked around confused, and turned back. + +So much was he still at this moment Criminal Examiner, that among +the first thoughts or feelings which the mysterious letter excited +in him was this: It can be a trick, a foolery. But in the next +moment it occurred to him, that never to any living soul had he +mentioned his bold figure of the high-seat pillars, and still less +revealed the mysterious, to him so valued, syllable--geb--. No +doubt could exist: the fine, perfumed paper, the delicate lady +handwriting, and the few significant words testified, that the +billet which once in youthful, sanguine longing he had entrusted +to the winds of heaven, had come to a lady, and that in one way or +another she had found him out. He remembered very well, that a +single time, five or six weeks before, he had in a numerous +company mentioned that incident, and he did not doubt that the +story had extended itself as ripples do, when one throws a stone +into the water; but where in the whole town, or indeed the land, +had the ripple hit the exact point? He looked again at the +envelope. It bore the stamp of the Copenhagen city mail: that was +all. But that showed with some probability that the writer lived +in Copenhagen, and maybe at this moment she looked down upon him +from one of the many windows; for now he stood by the fountain. +There was something in the paper, the handwriting, or more +properly perhaps in the secrecy, that made her seem young, +spirited, beautiful, piquant. There was something fairy-like, +exalted, intoxicating, in the feeling that the object of the +longing and hope of his youth had been under the protection of a +good spirit, and that the great unknown had taken care of and +prepared for him a companion, a wife, just at the moment when he +had become Counsellor of Justice of the Superior Court. But who +was she? This was the only thing painful in the affair; but this +intriguing annoyance was not to be avoided, if the lady was to +remain within her sphere, surrounded by respect and esteem. + +"What would I have thought of a lady, a woman, who came straight +forward and handed out the billet, saying: 'Here I am'?" he asked +himself, at the moment when at last he had found the court-house +stairs and was ascending. + +How it fared that day with the examinations is recorded in +criminal and police court documents; but a veil is thrown over it +in consideration of the fact, that a man only once in his life is +made Counsellor of Justice in the King's Court. The day following +it went better; although it is pretty sure that a horse thief went +free from further reproof, because the counsellor was busy rolling +that stone up the mountain: Where shall I seek her if she does not +write again? Will she write again? If she would do that, why did +she not write a little more at first? + +A couple of weeks after the receipt of the letter, one evening +about seven o'clock, the counsellor sat at home, not as before by +his writing-table busy with acts, but on a corner of the sofa, with +drooping arms, deeply absorbed in a mixture of anxious doubts +and dreaming expectations. Hope built air-castles, and doubt +then puffed them over like card-houses. One of his fancies was, +that she summoned him--he would not even in thought use the expression: +gave him an interview--at a masquerade. It was consequently no +common masquerade, but a grand, elegant masked ball, to which +a true lady could repair. The clock was at eleven, the appointed +hour: he waited anxiously the pressing five minutes; then she came +and extended him the fine hand in the finest straw-colored glove-- + +"Letter to the Counsellor of Justice," said Jens, with strong +Funen accent, and short, soldierly pronunciation. + +It is so uncommon that what one longs for comes just at the moment +of most earnest desire; but notwithstanding the letter was from +her, the Counsellor of Justice knew the superscription, would have +known it among a hundred thousand. The letter read thus: + +"I ought to be open towards you; and, as we shall never meet, I +can be so." + +Here the Counsellor of Justice stopped a moment and caught for +breath. A good many of our twenty-year-old beaux, who have never +been admitted to the bar, far less have been Court Counsellors, +would, under similar circumstances, have said to themselves: "She +writes that she will be open; that is to say, now she will fool +me: we will never meet; that is to say, now I shall soon see her." +But Counsellor Bagger believed every word as gospel, and his knees +trembled. He read further: + +"I am ashamed of the few words I last wrote you; but my apology +is, that it is only two days since I learned that you are married. +I have been mistaken, but more in what may be imputed to me than +in what I have thought. My only comfort is, that I shall never be +known by you or anybody, and that I shall be forgotten, as I shall +forget." + +"Never! But who can have spread the infamous slander! What +dreadful treachery of some wretch or gossiping wench, who knows +nothing about me! And how can she believe it! How in such a town +as Copenhagen can it be a matter of doubt for five minutes, if a +Superior Court Counsellor is married or not! Or maybe there is +some other Counsellor Bagger married,--a Chamber Counsellor or the +like? Or maybe she lives at a distance, in a quiet world, so that +the truth of it does not easily reach her? So there is no sunshine +more! + +"If she should sometime meet me, and know that I was, am, and have +been unmarried, that meanwhile we have both become old and gray,-- +can one think of anything more sad? It is enough to make the heart +cease beating! But suppose, too, that to-morrow she finds out that +she has been deceived: she has once written, 'I was mistaken,' and +cannot, as a true woman, write it again, unless she first heard +from me, and learned how I longed--and so I am cut off from her, +as if I lived in the moon. More, more! for I can meet her upon the +street and touch her arm without surmising it. It is +insupportable! Our time has mail, steamboats, railroads, +telegraphs: to me these do not exist; for of what use are they +altogether, when one knows not where to search." + +A thought came suddenly, like a meteor in the dark: advertise. +What family in Copenhagen did not the Address Paper reach? He +would put in an advertisement,--but how? "Fritz Bagger is not +married."--No: that was too plain.--"F. B. is not married."--No: +that was not plain enough. As he could find no successful use for +his own name, it flashed into his mind to use hers,--geb--; and +although it was painful to him to publish this, to him, almost +sacred syllable for profane eyes to gaze upon, yet it comforted +him, that only one, she herself, would understand it. Yet he +hesitated. But one cannot make an omelet without breaking eggs; +and although the heart's finest fibres ache at the thought of +sending a message to a fairy through the Address Paper, yet one +yields to this rather than lose the fairy. + +At last, after numerous efforts he stopped at this: "--geb--! It +is a mistake: he waits only for--geb--." It appeared to him to +contain the approach to a happy result, and tired out by emotion +he fell asleep on his sofa. + +Some days after came a new letter with the dear handwriting: its +contents were: + +"Well! appear eight days from to-day at Mrs. Canuteson's, to +congratulate her upon her birthday." + +This was sunshine after thunder; this was hope's rainbow which +arched itself up to heaven from the earth, yet wet with tears. + +"And so she belongs to good society," said the Counsellor of +Justice, without noticing how by these words he discovered to +himself that a doubt or suspicion had lain until now behind his +ecstasy. "But," he added, "consequently, it is my own friends who +have spread the rumor of my marriage. Friends indeed! A wife is a +man's only friend. It is hard, suicidal, to remain a bachelor." + +On the appointed day he went too early. Mrs. Canuteson was yet +alone. She was surprised at his congratulatory visit; but, +however, as it was a courtesy, the surprise was mingled with +delight, and Bagger was not the man whose visit a lady would not +receive with pleasure. With that ingenuity of wit one can +sometimes have, just when the heart is full and taken possession +of, he did wonders, and entertained the lady in so lively a manner +that she did not perceive how long a time he was passing with her. +As the door at length opened, the lady exclaimed: + +"Oh, that is charming! Heartily welcome! Thank you for last time, +[Footnote: In Sweden and Norway when the guest meets the host or +hostess for the first time after an entertainment, the first +greeting on the part of the former is always, "Thank you for the +last time."] and for all the good in your house! How does your +mother do? This amiable young lady's acquaintance I made last +summer when we were in the country, and at last she is so good as +to keep her promise and visit me. Counsellor Bagger--Miss Hjelm." + +The Counsellor wasn't sure that it was She, but he was convinced +that it ought to be. Not to speak of Ingeborg Hjelm's being really +amiable and distinguee, his heart was now prepared, as a +photographer's glass which has received collodium, and took the +first girl picture that met it. He was quite afraid that there +would come more to choose among. Yet the fairy brightness of the +unknown had at this moment lost itself for him; for, however +brilliant it may appear to the fancy, it cannot be compared with +the warm, beautiful reality, particularly so long as this itself +is new and unknown. + +He approached and spoke to Miss Hjelm with painful hidden emotion +of soul. She was friendly and open, for the name Counsellor Bagger +did not occur to her; and the idea she had formed of him did not +at all compare with the young, elegant, handsome man she was now +speaking with. True enough, his manner was somewhat peculiarly +gallant, which a lady cannot easily mistake; but this gallantry +was united with such an unmistakable respect, or more properly +awe, that he gave her the impression of a poetical, knightly +nature. + +By and by there came more ladies, both married and unmarried, but +Bagger had almost forgotten what errand they could have with him. +At last Miss Brandt came also, accompanied by her sister. As she +opened the door, and saw Bagger by the side of Miss Hjelm, she +gave a little, a very little, cry, or, more properly, gasped aloud +for breath, and made a movement, as if something kept her back. + +"Oh! my dress caught," she said, arranged it a little, and then +approached Mrs. Canuteson, with smiling face, to offer her +congratulation. + +Bagger looked at the watch: he had been there two hours! After yet +lingering to exchange a few polite words with Miss Brandt, he took +leave. His visit had in all respects been so unusual, and had +given occasion for so much comment, that it required more time +than could be given there; and his name was not at all mentioned +after he left. + +V. + +Now it is certainly true, that whenever Counsellor Bagger was seen +for quite a time, he was mostly dreaming and suffering; and people +who have not themselves experienced something similar, or have not +a fancy for putting themselves in his place, will say, perhaps, +that they could have managed themselves better. But, at all +events, it cannot be said, that from this time forward he was +unpractical; for within eight days from Mrs. Canuteson's birthday +he had not only learned where Miss Hjelm lived, but had +established himself in a tavern close by the farm, and obtained +admittance to the house, which last was not so difficult, since +Mrs. Hjelm was a friendly, hospitable lady, and since neither her +daughter nor niece thought they ought to prejudice her against +him. + +In this manner four or five days passed away, which, to judge from +Bagger's appearance, were to him very pleasant. He wrote to his +colleagues in the Superior Court, that one could only value an +autumn in Nature's lap after so laborious and health-destroying +work as his life for many years had been. Then one day he received +a letter from the unknown, reading thus: + +"Be more successful than last time, at Mrs. Emmy Lund's on +Tuesday, two o'clock. Please notice, two o'clock precisely." + +"Does she mean so? Is she really coquettish? Yet I think I have +been successful so far," said Bagger to himself, and waited for +the Tuesday with comparative ease; in truth he did not at all +understand why he should be troubled to go to town. + +As early on Tuesday forenoon as proper, he went over to the farm, +and was somewhat surprised that there was to be seen no +preparation for a town journey. Ingeborg, in her usual morning +dress, was seated at the sewing-table. He waited until towards +twelve o'clock, calculating that two hours was the least she +needed in which to dress and drive to town. The long hand +threatened to touch the short hand at the number twelve, without +any appearance of Ingeborg's noticing it. She only now and then +cast a stealthy look at him, for it had not escaped her, nor the +others, that he was in expectancy and excitement. When the clock +struck twelve,--he was just alone with her,--he asked suddenly, in +a quick, trembling voice: + +"Miss Hjelm, you know I am Superior Court Counsellor?" + +"No: that I did not know," she said almost with dread, and arose. +"No: that I have never known!" + +"But allow me, dear lady, so you know it now," he said, surprised +that the title or profession produced so strong an effect. + +"Yes, now I know it," she said, and held her hand upon her heart. +"Why do you tell me that? What does that signify?" + +"Nothing else, Miss Hjelm, than that you may understand that I +don't believe in witchcraft." + +A speaker's physiognomy is often more intelligible than his words; +and as Miss Hjelm saw the both hearty and spirited or jovial +expression in the counsellor's face, she had not that inclination, +which she under other circumstances would have had, quickly to +break off the conversation and go away. It is possible, also, that +his situation as Superior Court Counsellor--as that counsellor +mentioned by Miss Brandt--did not, after a moment's consideration, +appear to her so dreadful as at the first moment of surprise. So +she answered: + +"But, Mr. Counsellor, is there then anybody who has accused you of +believing in witchcraft?" + +"No, dear madam; but for all that I can assure you, that at the +moment the clock struck twelve I thought that you, by two o'clock, +most fly away in the form of a bird." + +"As the clock struck twelve now, at noon?--not at midnight?" + +"No, just a little since." + +"That is remarkable. Can you satisfy my curiosity, and tell me +why?" + +"Because under ordinary circumstances it appears to me impossible +for a lady to make her toilette and drive ten miles in less than +two hours." + +"That is quite true, Mr. Counsellor; but neither do I intend to +drive ten miles to-day." + +"It was for that reason that I said, fly." + +"Neither fly. And to convince you and quite certainly rid you of +the idea of witchcraft, you can stay here, if you please, until-- +what time was it?" + +"Two o'clock." + +"That is two long hours; but the Counsellor can, if he please, lay +that offering upon the altar of education." + +"Oh! I know another altar, upon which I would rather offer the two +only all too short hours"--. + +"Let it now be upon that of education. You promised my cousin and +me that you would read to us about popular science of nature and +interesting facts in the life of animals." + +"Yes, dear madam; but _I_ cannot fly: my carriage stands waiting +at the tavern." + +"Oh, I beg pardon! an agreeable journey, Mr. Counsellor." + +"Yes; but I don't understand why I shall drive the ten miles." + +"Every one knows his own concerns best." + +"Oh, yes! that is true. But I at least don't know mine." + +Miss Hjelm made no answer to this, and there was a little pause. + +"I would," continued the counsellor, somewhat puzzled, "take the +great liberty to propose that you should ride with me." + +"I have already told the Counsellor that I did not intend to go to +town to-day," answered Miss Hjelm, coldly. + +"Yes," continued Bagger, following his own ideas, "and so I +thought, also, that we could as well stay here." + +At this moment Bagger was so earnest and impassioned, that +Ingeborg, in hearing words so very wide of what she regarded as +reasonable, began to suspect his mind of being a little +disordered, and with an inquiring anxiousness looked at him. + +Meeting the look from these eyes, Bagger could no longer continue +the inquisition which he had carried on for the sake of involving +Miss Hjelm in self-contradiction and bringing her to confession. +He himself came to confession, and exclaimed: + +"Miss Ingeborg, I ask you for Heaven's sake have pity on me, and +tell me if you expect me at two o'clock to-day at Mrs. Lund's!" + +"I expect you at Mrs. Lund's!" exclaimed Miss Hjelm. + +"Is it not you, then, who have written me that--" + +"I have never written to you!" cried Ingeborg, and almost tore +away the hand which Bagger tried to hold. + +"For God's sake, don't go, Miss--! My dear madam, you must forgive +me: you shall know all!" + +And now he began to tell his tale, not according to rules of +rhetoric and logic, but on the contrary in a way which certainly +showed how little even our abler lawyers are educated to +extemporize. + +But, however, there was in his words a certain almost wild +eloquence; and, beside, Miss Hjelm had some foreknowledge, that +helped her to understand and fill up what was wanting under the +counsellor's restless eloquence. At last he came to the point; +while his words were of whirlwind and letters, his tone and eye +spoke, unconsciously to him, a true, honest, though fanciful +language of passion; and however comical a disinterested spectator +might have found it, it sounded very earnest to her who was the +object and sympathetic listener. + +"Yes; but what then?" at last asked Ingeborg, with a soft smile +and not withdrawing the hand that Bagger had seized. "The proper +meaning of what you have told me is that your troth is plighted to +another, unknown lady." + +"No: that isn't the proper meaning--" + +"But yet it is a fact. At the moment when you stand at the altar +with one, another can step forward and claim you." + +"Oh, that kind of a claim! A piece of paper without signature, +sent away in the air! In law it has no validity at all, and +morally it has no power, when I love another as I love you, +Ingeborg!" + +"That I am not sure of. It appears to me there is something +painful in not being faithful to one's youth and its promises, and +in the consciousness of having deceived another." + +"You say this so earnestly, Ingeborg, that you make me desperate. +I confess that there is something ... something I would wish +otherwise ... but for Heaven's sake, make it not so earnest!" + +As Ingeborg knew so well about it, she could not regard the matter +as earnestly as her words denoted; but for another reason she had +suddenly conceived or felt an earnestness. It would not do to have +a husband with so much fancy as Bagger, always having something +unknown, fairy-like, lying out upon the horizon, holding claim +upon him from his youth; and on the other hand it was against her +principles, notwithstanding her confidence in his silence, to +convey to him the knowledge that it was Miss Brandt who played +fairy. + +She said to him, "You must have your letter, your obligation, your +marriage promise back." + +"Yes," he answered with a sigh of discouragement: "it is true +enough I ought; but where shall I turn? That is just the +immeasurable difficulty." + +"Write by the same mail as before." + +"Which?" + +"Let the whirlwind, that brought the first letter to its +destination, also take care of this, in which you demand your word +back." + +"Oh, that you do not mean! Or, if you mean it, then I may honestly +confess that I am not young any more or have not received another +youth. I have not courage to write anything, for fear it should +come to others than to you." + +"So I see that, after all, I may act as witch to-day. Write, and I +will take care of the letter: do you hesitate?" + +"No: only it took me a moment to comprehend the promise involved +in this that you will take care of my letter. I obey you blindly; +but what shall I write?" + +"Write: 'Dear fairy,--Since I woo Miss Hjelm's hand and heart,'--" + +"Oh, you acknowledge it! O Ingeborg, the Lord's blessing upon +you!" said Bagger, and would rise. + +"'I ask you to send me my billet back.'--Have you that?" + +"Yes, Ingeborg, my Ingeborg, my unspeakably loved Ingeborg! How +poor language is, when the heart is so full!" + +"Now, name, date, and address. Have you that? 'Postscriptum. I +give you my word of honor, that I neither know who you are, or how +this letter shall reach you.'--Have you that?" + +"That I can truly give. I am as blind as"... + +"Let me add the witch-formulae." + +"O Ingeborg, you will write upon the same paper with me, in a +letter where I have written your name!" + +"Hand me the pen. We must have the letter sent to the mail before +two o'clock." + +"Two o'clock. How queer! The last letter reads: 'Take notice of +the striking two.'" + +"That we will," said Ingeborg. + +She wrote: "Dear Miss Brandt, I, too, ask you to send the +Counsellor his billet, and I pray you to write upon it: 'Given me +by Miss Hjelm.' It is best for all parties that the fun does not +come out in gossip. You shall, by return of mail, receive back +your letters." + +VI. + +It is allowed to charitable minds to remain in doubt about what +had really been Miss Brandt's design. Perhaps she only wished to +make roguish psychological experiments, to convince herself to how +many forenoon congratulatory visits a Counsellor of Justice of the +Superior Court could be brought to appear. The emotion she almost +exposed, when at Mrs. Canuteson's she saw Bagger by Miss Hjelm's +side, may have been pure surprise at the working of the affair. +Every one of the rest of us who have been conversant with the +whirlwind, the letter, and Ingeborg's relinquishment of the same, +would also have been surprised at seeing her and the letter-writer +brought together notwithstanding, and would not, perhaps, have +been able with as much ease and success to hide our surprise. The +letter to Bagger, in which Miss Brandt, contrary to her better +knowledge, spoke of him as married, may have been a sincere +attempt to end the whole in a way which repentance and anxiety +quickly seized upon to put an insurmountable hindrance before +herself; but it may surely enough have had also the aim to see how +far Bagger had gone and how much spirit and fancy he had to carry +the intrigue out. The more one thinks upon it, the less one feels +able to give either of the two interpretations absolute +preference. Yet one will have remarked, that Ingeborg herself in +her little note mentioned the matter as "fun." On the other side, +if it was earnestness, if she had felt "somewhat" for Counsellor +Bagger, then let us take comfort in the fact that Miss Brandt was +a well-cultivated girl, and that her intellect held dominion over +her heart. She could with one eye see that the campaign had ended, +and further, that she, by receiving peace pure and simple, had +certainly not gained any conquest, but obtained the status quo +ante bellum, which often between antagonists has been considered +so respectable, that both parties officially have sung Te Deum, +although surely only one could sing it from the heart. Now it is +and may remain undecided what the real state of the case was: from +either point of view there was a plain and even line drawn for +her, and she followed it. Next day the letter came in an envelope +directed to the counsellor. + +As Bagger in the presence of Ingeborg opened the letter and again +saw the long-lost epistle of his early days, he trembled like a +man before whom the spirit-world apparently passes. But as he +perceived the added words, he exclaimed in utter perplexity: "Am I +awake? Do I dream? How is this possible?" + +"Why should it not be possible?" asked Ingeborg. "To whom else +should the letter originally have come, than to--geb--?" + +"--Geb--?--geb--? Yes, who is--geb--?" asked Bagger with +bewildered look. + +"Who other than Ingeborg? is it not the third fourth, and fifth +letters of my name?" + +"Oh!" exclaimed Bagger, pressing his hand upon his forehead, and, +as he at the next moment seized Ingeborg's hand, added with an eye +which had become dim with joy, "Truly, I have had more fortune +than sense." + +Ingeborg answered, smiling: + +"That ought he to expect who entrusts his fate to the wind's +flying mail." + + + + + + +THE RAILROAD AND THE CHURCHYARD + +BY + +BJORNSTJERNE BJORNSON + + +From "The Flying Mail" Translated by Carl Larsen. + + +THE RAILROAD AND THE CHURCH-YARD + +BY + +BJORNSTJERNE BJORNSON + + +I. + +Canute Aakre belonged to an ancient family of the parish, where it +had always been distinguished for its intelligence and care for +the public good. His father through self-exertion had attained to +the ministry, but had died early, and his widow being by birth a +peasant, the children were brought up as farmers. Consequently, +Canute's education was only of the kind afforded by the public +school; but his father's library had early inspired him with a +desire for knowledge, which was increased by association with his +friend Henrik Wergeland, who often visited him or sent him books, +seeds for his farm, and much good counsel. Agreeably to his +advice, Canute early got up a club for practice in debating and +study of the constitution, but which finally became a practical +agricultural society, for this and the surrounding parishes. He +also established a parish library, giving his father's books as +its first endowment, and organized in his own house a Sunday- +school for persons wishing to learn penmanship, arithmetic, and +history. In this way the attention of the public was fixed upon +him, and he was chosen a member of the board of parish- +commissioners, of which he soon became chairman. Here he continued +his endeavors to advance the school interests, which he succeeded +in placing in an admirable condition. + +Canute Aakre was a short-built, active man, with small sharp eyes +and disorderly hair. He had large lips which seemed constantly +working, and a row of excellent teeth which had the same +appearance, for they shone when he spoke his clear sharp words, +which came out with a snap, as when the sparks are emitted from a +great fire. + +Among the many he had helped to an education, his neighbor Lars +Hogstad stood foremost. Lars was not much younger than Canute, but +had developed more slowly. Being in the habit of talking much of +what he read and thought, Canute found in Lars--who bore a quiet, +earnest manner--a good listener, and step by step a sensible +judge. The result was, that he went reluctantly to the meetings of +the board, unless first furnished with Lars Hogstad's advice, +concerning whatever matter of importance was before it, which +matter was thus most likely to result in practical improvement. +Canute's influence, therefore, brought his neighbor in as a member +of the board, and finally into everything with which he himself +was connected. They always rode together to the meetings, where +Lars never spoke, and only on the road to and from, could Canute +learn his opinion. They were looked upon as inseparable. + +One fine autumn day, the parish-commissioners were convened, for +the purpose of considering, among other matters, a proposal made +by the Foged, to sell the public grain-magazine, and with the +proceeds establish a savings-bank. Canute Aakre, the chairman, +would certainly have approved this, had he been guided by his +better judgment; but, in the first place, the motion was made by +the Foged, whom Wergeland did not like, consequently, neither did +Canute; secondly, the grain-magazine had been erected by his +powerful paternal grandfather, by whom it was presented to the +parish. To him the proposal was not free from an appearance of +personal offence; therefore, he had not spoken of it to any one, +not even to Lars, who never himself introduced a subject. + +As chairman, Canute read the proposal without comment, but, +according to his habit, looked over to Lars, who sat as usual a +little to one side, holding a straw between his teeth; this he +always did when entering upon a subject, using it as he would a +toothpick, letting it hang loosely in one corner of his mouth, or +turning it more quickly or slowly, according to the humor he was +in. Canute now saw with surprise, that the straw moved very fast. +He asked quickly, "Do you think we ought to agree to this?" + +Lars answered dryly, "Yes, I do." + +The whole assembly, feeling that Canute was of quite a different +opinion, seemed struck, and looked at Lars, who said nothing +further, nor was further questioned. Canute turned to another +subject, as if nothing had happened, and did not again resume the +question till toward the close of the meeting, when he asked with +an air of indifference if they should send it back to the Foged +for closer consideration, as it certainly was contrary to the mind +of the people of the parish, by whom the grain-magazine was highly +valued; also, if he should put upon the record, "Proposal deemed +inexpedient." + +"Against one vote," said Lars. + +"Against two," said another instantly. + +"Against three," said a third, and before the chairman had +recovered from his surprise, a majority had declared in favor of +the proposal. + +He wrote; then read in a low tone, "Referred for acceptance, and +the meeting adjourned." Canute, rising and closing the "Records," +blushed deeply, but resolved to have this vote defeated in the +parish meeting. In the yard he hitched his horse to the wagon, and +Lars came and seated himself by his side. On the way home they +spoke upon various subjects, but not upon this. + +On the following day Canute's wife started for Lars' house, to +inquire of his wife if anything had happened between their +husbands; Canute had appeared so queerly when he returned home the +evening previous. A little beyond the house she met Lars' wife, +who came to make the same inquiry on account of a similar peculiar +behavior in her husband. Lars' wife was a quiet, timid thing, +easily frightened, not by hard words, but by silence; for Lars +never spoke to her unless she had done wrong, or he feared she +would do so. On the contrary, Canute Aakre's wife spoke much with +her husband, and particularly about the commissioners' meetings, +for lately they had taken his thoughts, work, and love from her +and the children. She was jealous of it as of a woman, she wept at +night about it, and quarrelled with her husband concerning it in +the day. But now she could say nothing; for once he had returned +home unhappy; she immediately became much more so than he, and for +the life of her she must know what was the matter. So as Lars' +wife could tell her nothing, she had to go for information out in +the parish, where she obtained it, and of course was instantly of +her husband's opinion, thinking Lars incomprehensible, not to say +bad. But when she let her husband perceive this, she felt that, +notwithstanding what had occurred, no friendship was broken +between them; on the contrary, that he liked Lars very much. + +The day for the parish meeting came. In the morning, Lars Hogstad +drove over for Canute Aakre, who came out and took a seat beside +him. They saluted each other as usual, spoke a little less than +they were wont on the way, but not at all of the proposal. The +meeting was full; some, too, had come in as spectators, which +Canute did not like, for he perceived by this a little excitement +in the parish. Lars had his straw, and stood by the stove, warming +himself, for the autumn had begun to be cold. The chairman read +the proposal in a subdued and careful manner, adding, that it came +from the Foged, who was not habitually fortunate. The building was +a gift, and such things it was not customary to part with, least +of all when there was no necessity for it. + +Lars, who never before had spoken in the meetings, to the surprise +of all, took the floor. His voice trembled; whether this was +caused by regard for Canute, or anxiety for the success of the +bill, we cannot say; but his arguments were clear, good, and of +such a comprehensive and compact character as had hardly before +been heard in these meetings. In concluding, he said: + +"Of what importance is it that the proposal is from the Foged?-- +none,--or who it was that erected the house, or in what way it +became the public property?" + +Canute, who blushed easily, turned very red, and moved nervously +as usual when he was impatient; but notwithstanding, he answered +in a low, careful tone, that there were savings banks enough in +the country, he thought, quite near, and almost too near. But if +one was to be instituted, there were other ways of attaining this +end, than by trampling upon the gifts of the dead, and the love of +the living. His voice was a little unsteady when he said this, but +recovered its composure, when he began to speak of the grain +magazine as such, and reason concerning its utility. + +Lars answered him ably on this last, adding: "Besides, for many +reasons I would be led to doubt whether the affairs of this parish +are to be conducted for the best interests of the living, or for +the memory of the dead; or further, whether it is the love and +hate of a single family which rules, rather than the welfare of +the whole." + +Canute answered quickly: "I don't know whether the last speaker +has been the one least benefited not only by the dead of this +family, but also by its still living representative." + +In this remark he aimed first at the fact that his powerful +grandfather had, in his day, managed the farm for Lars' +grandfather, when the latter, on his own account, was on a little +visit to the penitentiary. + +The straw, which had been moving quickly for a long time, was now +still: + +"I am not in the habit of speaking everywhere of myself and +family," said he, treating the matter with calm superiority; then +he reviewed the whole matter in question, aiming throughout at a +particular point. Canute was forced to acknowledge to himself, +that he had never looked upon it from that standpoint, or heard +such reasoning; involuntarily he had to turn his eye upon Lars. +There he stood tall and portly, with clearness marked upon the +strongly-built forehead and in the deep eyes. His mouth was +compressed, the straw still hung playing in its corner, but great +strength lay around. He kept his hands behind him, standing erect, +while his low deep intonations seemed as if from the ground in +which he was rooted. Canute saw him for the first time in his +life, and from his inmost soul felt a dread of him; for +unmistakably this man had always been his superior! He had taken +all Canute himself knew or could impart, but retained only what +had nourished this strong hidden growth. + +He had loved and cherished Lars, but now that he had become a +giant, he hated him deeply, fearfully; he could not explain to +himself why he thought so, but he felt it instinctively, while +gazing upon him; and in this forgetting all else, he exclaimed: + +"But Lars! Lars! what in the Lord's name ails you?" + +He lost all self-control,--"you, whom I have"--"you, who have"--he +couldn't get out another word, and seated himself, only to +struggle against the excitement which he was unwilling to have +Lars see; he drew himself up, struck the table with his fist, and +his eyes snapped from below the stiff disorderly hair which always +shaded them. Lars appeared as if he had not been interrupted, only +turning his head to the assembly, asking if this should be +considered the decisive blow in the matter, for in such a case +nothing more need be said. + +Canute could not endure this calmness. + +"What is it that has come among us?" he cried. "Us, who to this +day have never debated but in love and upright zeal? We are +infuriated at each other as if incited by an evil spirit;" and he +looked with fiery eyes upon Lars, who answered: + +"You yourself surely bring in this spirit, Canute, for I have +spoken only of the case. But you will look upon it only through +your own self-will; now we shall see if your love and upright zeal +will endure, when once it is decided agreeably to our wish." + +"Have I not, then, taken good care of the interests of the +parish?" + +No reply. This grieved Canute, and he continued: + +"Really, I did not think otherwise than that I had accomplished +something;--something for the good of the parish;--but may be I +have deceived myself." + +He became excited again, for it was a fiery spirit within him, +which was broken in many ways, and the parting with Lars grieved +him, so he could hardly control himself. Lars answered: + +"Yes, I know you give yourself the credit for all that is done +here, and should one judge by much speaking in the meetings, then +surely you have accomplished the most." + +"Oh, is it this!" shouted Canute, looking sharply upon Lars: "it +is you who have the honor of it!" + +"Since we necessarily talk of ourselves," replied Lars, "I will +say that all matters have been carefully considered by us before +they were introduced here." + +Here little Canute Aakre resumed his quick way of speaking: + +"In God's name take the honor, I am content to live without it; +there are other things harder to lose!" + +Involuntarily Lars turned his eye from Canute, but said, the straw +moving very quickly: "If I were to speak my mind, I should say +there is not much to take honor for;--of course ministers and +teachers may be satisfied with what has been done; but, certainly, +the common men say only that up to this time the taxes have become +heavier and heavier." + +A murmur arose in the assembly, which now became restless. Lars +continued: + +"Finally, to-day, a proposition is made which, if carried, would +recompense the parish for all it has laid out; perhaps, for this +reason, it meets such opposition. It is the affair of the parish, +for the benefit of all its inhabitants, and ought to be rescued +from being a family matter." The audience exchanged glances, and +spoke half audibly, when one threw out a remark as he rose to go +to his dinner-pail, that these were "the truest words he had heard +in the meetings for many years." Now all arose, and the +conversation became general. Canute Aakre felt as he sat there +that the case was lost, fearfully lost; and tried no more to save +it. He had somewhat of the character attributed to Frenchmen, in +that he was good for first, second, and third attacks, but poor +for self-defence--his sensibilities overpowering his thoughts. + +He could not comprehend it, nor could he sit quietly any longer; +so, yielding his place to the vice-chairman, he left,--and the +audience smiled. + +He had come to the meeting accompanied by Lars, but returned home +alone, though the road was long. It was a cold autumn day; the way +looked jagged and bare, the meadow gray and yellow; while frost +had begun to appear here and there on the roadside. Disappointment +is a dreadful companion. He felt himself so small and desolate, +walking there; but Lars was everywhere before him, like a giant, +his head towering, in the dusk of evening, to the sky. It was his +own fault that this had been the decisive battle, and the thought +grieved him sorely: he had staked too much upon a single little +affair. But surprise, pain, anger, had mastered him; his heart +still burned, shrieked, and moaned within him. He heard the +rattling of a wagon behind; it was Lars, who came driving his +superb horse past him at a brisk trot, so that the hard road gave +a sound of thunder. Canute gazed after him, as he sat there so +broad-shouldered in the wagon, while the horse, impatient for +home, hurried on unurged by Lars, who only gave loose rein. It was +a picture of his power; this man drove toward the mark! He, +Canute, felt as if thrown out of his wagon to stagger along there +in the autumn cold. + +Canute's wife was waiting for him at home. She knew there would be +a battle; she had never in her life believed in Lars, and lately +had felt a dread of him. It had been no comfort to her that they +had ridden away together, nor would it have comforted her if they +had returned in the same way. But darkness had fallen, and they +had not yet come. She stood in the doorway, went down the road and +home again; but no wagon appeared. At last she hears a rattling on +the road, her heart beats as violently as the wheels revolve; she +clings to the doorpost, looking out; the wagon is coming; only one +sits there; she recognizes Lars, who sees and recognizes her, but +is driving past without stopping. Now she is thoroughly alarmed! +Her limbs fail her; she staggers in, sinking on the bench by the +window. The children, alarmed, gather around, the youngest asking +for papa, for the mother never spoke with them but of him. She +loved him because he had such a good heart, and now this good +heart was not with them; but, on the contrary, away on all kinds +of business, which brought him only unhappiness; consequently, +they were unhappy too. + +"Oh, that no harm had come to him to-day! Canute was so excitable! +Why did Lars come home alone? why didn't he stop?" + +Should she run after him, or, in the opposite direction, toward +her husband? She felt faint, and the children pressed around her, +asking what was the matter; but this could not be told to them, so +she said they must take supper alone, and, rising, arranged it and +helped them. She was constantly glancing out upon the road. He did +not come. She undressed and put them to bed, and the youngest +repeated the evening prayer, while she bowed over him, praying so +fervently in the words which the tiny mouth first uttered, that +she did not perceive the steps outside. + +Canute stood in the doorway, gazing upon his little congregation +at prayer. She rose; all the children shouted "Papa!" but he +seated himself, and said gently: + +"Oh! let him repeat it." + +The mother turned again to the bedside, that meantime he might not +see her face; otherwise, it would have been like intermeddling +with his grief before he felt a necessity of revealing it. The +child folded its hands,--the rest followed the example,--and it +said: + +"I am now a little lad, But soon shall grow up tall, And make papa +and mamma glad, I'll be so good to all! When in Thy true and holy +ways, Thou dear, dear God wilt help me keep;--Remember now Thy +name to praise And so we'll try to go to sleep!" + +What a peace now fell! Not a minute more had passed ere the +children all slept in it as in the lap of God; but the mother went +quietly to work arranging supper for the father, who as yet could +not eat. But after he had gone to bed, he said: + +"Now, after this, I shall be at home." + +The mother lay there, trembling with joy, not daring to speak, +lest she should reveal it; and she thanked God for all that had +happened, for, whatever it was, it had resulted in good. + +II. + +In the course of a year, Lars was chosen head Justice of the +Peace, chairman of the board of commissioners, president of the +savings-bank, and, in short, was placed in every office of parish +trust to which his election was possible. In the county +legislature, during the first year, he remained silent, but +afterward made himself as conspicuous as in the parish council; +for here, too, stepping up to the contest with him who had always +borne sway, he was victorious over the whole line, and afterward +himself manager. From this he was elected to the Congress, where +his fame had preceded him, and he found no lack of challenge. But +here, although steady and independent, he was always retiring, +never venturing beyond his depth, lest his post as leader at home +should be endangered by a possible defeat abroad. + +It was pleasant to him now in his own town. When he stood by the +church-wall on Sundays, and the community glided past, saluting +and glancing sideways at him,--now and then one stepping up for +the honor of exchanging a couple of words with him,--it could +almost be said that, standing there, he controlled the whole +parish with a straw, which, of course, hung in the corner of his +mouth. + +He deserved his popularity; for he had opened a new road which led +to the church; all this and much more resulted from the savings- +bank, which he had instituted and now managed; and the parish, in +its self-management and good order, was held up as an example to +all others. + +Canute, of his own accord, quite withdrew,--not entirely at first, +for he had promised himself not thus to yield to pride. In the +first proposal he made before the parish board, he became +entangled by Lars, who would have it represented in all its +details; and, somewhat hurt, he replied: "When Columbus discovered +America he did not have it divided into counties and towns,--this +came by degrees afterward;" upon which, Lars compared Canute's +proposition (relating to stable improvements) to the discovery of +America, and afterward by the commissioners he was called by no +other name than "Discovery of America." Canute thought since his +influence had ceased there, so, also, had his duty to work; and +afterwards declined re-election. + +But he was industrious, and, in order still to do something for +the public good, he enlarged his Sunday-school, and put it, by +means of small contributions from the pupils, in connection with +the mission cause, of which he soon became the centre and leader +in his own and surrounding counties. At this, Lars remarked that, +if Canute ever wished to collect money for any purpose, he must +first know that its benefit was only to be realized some thousands +of miles away. + +There was no strife between them now. True, they associated with +each other no longer, but saluted and exchanged a few words +whenever they met. Canute always felt a little pain in remembering +Lars, but struggled to overcome it, by saying to himself that it +must have been so. Many years afterward at a large wedding-party, +where both were present and a little gay, Canute stepped upon a +chair and proposed a toast to the chairman of the parish council, +and the county's first congressman. He spoke until he manifested +emotion, and, as usual, in an exceedingly handsome way. It was +honorably done, and Lars came to him, saying, with an unsteady +eye, that for much of what he knew and was, he had to thank him. + +At the next election, Canute was again elected chairman. + +But if Lars Hogstad had foreseen what was to follow, he would not +have influenced this. It is a saying that "all events happen in +their time," and just as Canute appeared again in the council, the +ablest men in the parish were threatened with bankruptcy, the +result of a speculative fever which had been raging long, but now +first began to react. They said that Lars Hogstad had caused this +great epidemic, for it was he who had brought the spirit of +speculation into the parish. This penny malady had originated in +the parish board; for this body itself had acted as leading +speculator. Down to the youth of twenty years, all were +endeavoring by sharp bargains to make the one dollar, ten; extreme +parsimony, in order to lay up in the beginning, was followed by an +exceeding lavishness in the end: and as the thoughts of all were +directed to money only, a disposition to selfishness, suspicion, +and disunion had developed itself, which at last turned to +prosecutions and hatred. It was said that the parish board had set +the example in this also; for one of the first acts, performed by +Lars as chairman, was a prosecution against the minister, +concerning doubtful prerogatives. The venerable pastor had lost, +but had also immediately resigned. At the time some had praised, +others denounced, this act of Lars; but it had proved a bad +example. Now came the effects of his management in the form of +loss to all the leading men of the parish; and consequently, the +public opinion quickly changed. The opposite party immediately +found a champion; for Canute Aakre had come into the parish +board,--introduced there by Lars himself. + +The struggle at once began. All those youths, who, in their time, +had been under Canute Aakre's instruction, were now grown-up men, +the best educated, conversant with all the business and public +transactions in the parish; Lars had now to contend against these +and others like them, who had disliked him from their childhood. +One evening after a stormy debate, as he stood on the platform +outside his door, looking over the parish, a sound of distant +threatening thunder came toward him from the large farms, lying in +the storm. He knew that that day their owners had become +insolvent, that he himself and the savings-bank were going the +same way: and his whole long work would culminate in condemnation +against him. + +In these days of struggle and despair, a company of surveyors came +one evening to Hogstad, which was the first farm at the entrance +of the parish to mark out the line of a new railroad. In the +course of conversation, Lars perceived it was still a question +with them whether the road should run through this valley, or +another parallel one. + +Like a flash of lightning it darted through his mind, that, if he +could manage to get it through here, all real estate would rise in +value, and not only he himself be saved, but his popularity handed +down to future generations. He could not sleep that night, for his +eyes were dazzled with visions; sometimes he seemed to hear the +noise of an engine. The next day he accompanied the surveyors in +their examination of the locality; his horses carried them, and to +his farm they returned. The following day they drove through the +other valley, he still with them, and again carrying them back +home. The whole house was illuminated, the first men of the parish +having been invited to a party made for the surveyors, which +terminated in a carouse that lasted until morning. But to no +avail; for the nearer they came to the decision, the clearer it +was to be seen that the road could not be built through here +without great extra expense. The entrance to the valley was +narrow, through a rocky chasm, and the moment it swung into the +parish the river made a curve in its way, so that the road would +either have to make the same--crossing the river twice--or go +straight forward through the old, now unused, churchyard. But it +was not long since the last burials there, for the church had been +but recently moved. + +Did it only depend upon a strip of an old churchyard, thought +Lars, whether the parish should have this great blessing or not?-- +then he would use his name and energy for the removal of the +obstacle. So immediately he made a visit to minister and bishop, +from them to county legislature and Department of the +Interior; he reasoned and negotiated; for he had possessed +himself of all possible information concerning the vast profits +that would accrue on the one side, and the feelings of the parish +on the other, and had really succeeded in gaining over all +parties. It was promised him that by the reinterment of some +bodies in the new churchyard, the only objection to this line +might be considered as removed, and the king's approbation +guaranteed. It was told him that he need only make the motion in +the county meeting. + +The parish had become as excited on the question as himself. The +spirit of speculation, which had been prevalent so many years, now +became jubilant. No one spoke or thought of anything but Lars' +journey and its probable result. Consequently, when he returned +with the most splendid promises, they made much ado about him; +songs were sung to his praise,--yes, if at that time one after +another of the largest farms had toppled over, not a soul would +have given it any attention; the former speculation fever had been +succeeded by the new one of the railroad. + +The county board met; an humble petition that the old churchyard +might be used for the railroad was drawn up to be presented to the +king. This was unanimously voted; yes, there was even talk of +voting thanks to Lars, and a gift of a coffee-pot, in the model of +a locomotive. But finally, it was thought best to wait until +everything was accomplished. The petition from the parish to the +county board was sent back, with a requirement of a list of the +names of all bodies which must necessarily be removed. The +minister made out this, but instead of sending it directly to the +county board, had his reasons for communicating it first to the +parish. One of the members brought it to the next meeting. Here, +Lars opened the envelope, and as chairman read the names. + +Now it happened that the first body to be removed was that of +Lars' own grandfather. A Hide shudder passed through the assembly; +Lars himself was taken by surprise; but continued. Secondly, came +the name of Canute Aakre's grandfather; for the two had died at +nearly the same time. Canute Aakre sprang from his seat; Lars +stopped; all looked up with dread; for the name of the elder +Canute Aakre had been the one most beloved in the parish for +generations. There was a pause of some minutes. At last Lars +hemmed, and continued. But the matter became worse, for the +further he proceeded, the nearer it approached their own day, and +the dearer the dead became. When he ceased, Canute Aakre asked +quietly if others did not think as he, that spirits were around +them. It had begun to grow dusk in the room, and although they +were mature men sitting in company, they almost felt themselves +frightened. Lars took a bundle of matches from his pocket and lit +a candle, somewhat dryly remarking that this was no more than they +had known beforehand. + +"No," replied Canute, pacing the floor, "this is more than I knew +beforehand. Now I begin to think that even railroads can be bought +too dearly." + +This electrified the audience, and Canute continued that the whole +affair must be reconsidered, and made a motion to that effect. In +the excitement which had prevailed, he said it was also true that +the benefit to be derived from the road had been considerably +overrated; for if it did not pass through the parish, there would +have to be a depot at each extremity; true, it would be a little +more trouble to drive there, than to a station within; yet not so +great as that for this reason they should dishonor the rest of the +dead. Canute was one of those who, when his thoughts were excited, +could extemporize and present most sound reasons; he had not a +moment previously thought of what he now said; but the truth of it +struck all. Lars, seeing the danger of his position, thought best +to be careful, and so apparently acquiesced in Canute's +proposition to reconsider; for such emotions, thought he, are +always strongest in the beginning; one must temporize with them. + +But here he had miscalculated. In constantly increasing the dread +of touching their dead overswept the parish; what no one had +thought of as long as the matter existed only in talk became a +serious question when it came to touch themselves. The +women particularly were excited, and at the parish house, on the day +of the next meeting, the road was black with the gathered +multitude. It was a warm summer day, the windows were taken out, +and as many stood without as within. All felt that that day would +witness a great battle. + +Lars came, driving his handsome horse, saluted by all; he looked +quietly and confidently around, not seeming surprised at the +throng. He seated himself, straw in mouth, near the window, and +not without a smile saw Canute rise to speak, as he thought, for +all the dead lying over there in the old churchyard. + +But Canute Aakre did not begin with the churchyard. He made a +stricter investigation into the profits likely to accrue from +carrying the road through the parish, showing that in all this +excitement they had been over-estimated. He had calculated the +distance of each farm from the nearest station, should the road be +taken through the neighboring valley, and finally asked: + +"Why has such a hurrah been made about this railroad, when it +would not be for the good of the parish after all?" + +This he could explain; there were those who had brought about such +a previous disturbance, that a greater was necessary in order that +the first might be forgotten. Then, too, there were those who, +while the thing was new, could sell their farms and lands to +strangers, foolish enough to buy; it was a shameful speculation, +which not the living only but the dead also must be made to +promote! + +The effect produced by his address was very considerable. But Lars +had firmly resolved, come what would, to keep cool, and smilingly +replied that he supposed Canute Aakre himself had been anxious for +the railroad, and surely no one would accuse him of understanding +speculation. (A little laugh ensued.) Canute had had no objection +to the removal of bodies of common people for the sake of the +railroad, but when it came to that of his own grandfather, the +question became suddenly of vital importance to the whole parish. +He said no more, but looked smilingly at Canute, as did also +several others. Meanwhile, Canute Aakre surprised both him and +them by replying: + +"I confess it; I did not realize what was at stake until it +touched my own dead; possibly this is a shame, but really it would +have been a greater one not even then to have realized it, as is +the case with Lars! Never, I think, could Lars' raillery have been +more out of place; for folks with common feelings the thing is +really revolting." + +"This feeling has come up quite recently," answered Lars, "and so +we will hope for its speedy disappearance also. It may be well to +think upon what minister, bishop, county officers, engineers, and +Department will say, if we first unanimously set the ball in +motion and then come asking to have it stopped; if we first are +jubilant and sing songs, then weep and chant requiems. If they do +not say that we have run mad here in the parish, at least they may +say that we have grown a little queer lately." + +"Yes, God knows, they can say so," answered Canute; "we have been +acting strangely enough during the last few days,--it is time for +us to retract. It has really gone far when we can dig up, each his +own grandfather, to make way for a railroad; when in order that +our loads may be carried more easily forward, we can violate the +resting-place of the dead. For is not overhauling our churchyard +the same as making it yield us food? What has been buried there in +Jesus' name, shall we take up in the name of Mammon? It is but +little better than eating our progenitors' bones." + +"That is according to the order of nature," said Lars dryly. + +"Yes, the nature of plants and animals," replied Canute. + +"Are we not then animals?" asked Lars. + +"Yes, but also the children of the living God, who have buried our +dead in faith upon Him; it is He who shall raise them, and not +we." + +"Oh, you prate! Are not the graves dug over at certain fixed +periods anyway? What evil is there in that it happens some years +earlier?" asked Lars. + +"I will tell you! What was born of them yet lives; what they built +yet remains; what they loved, taught, and suffered for is all +around us and within us; and shall we not, then, let their bodies +rest in peace?" + +"I see by your warmth that you are thinking of your grandfather +again," replied Lars; "and will say it is high time you ceased to +bother the parish about him, for he monopolized space enough in +his lifetime; it isn't worth while to have him lie in the way now +he is dead. Should his corpse prevent a blessing to the parish +that would reach to a hundred generations, we surely would have +reason to say, that of all born here he has done us most harm." + +Canute Aakre tossed back his disorderly hair, his eyes darted +fire, his whole frame appeared like a drawn bow. + +"What sort of a blessing this is that you speak of, I have already +proved. It is of the same character as all the others which you +have brought to the parish, namely, a doubtful one. True enough +you have provided us with a new church; but, too, you have filled +it with a new spirit,--and not that of love. True, you have made +us new roads,--but also new roads to destruction, as is now +plainly evident in the misfortunes of many. True, you have +lessened our taxes to the public; but, too, you have increased +those to ourselves;--prosecutions, protests, and failures are no +blessing to a community. And you dare scoff at the man in his +grave whom the whole parish blesses! You dare say he lies in our +way,--yes, very likely he lies in your way. This is plainly to be +seen; but over this grave you shall fall! The spirit which has +reigned over you, and at the same time until now over us, was not +born to rule, only to serve. The churchyard shall surely remain +undisturbed; but to-day it numbers one more grave, namely, that of +your popularity, which shall now be interred in it." + +Lars Hogstad rose, white as a sheet; he opened his mouth, but was +unable to speak a word, and the straw fell. After three or four +vain attempts to recover it and to find utterance, he belched +forth like a volcano: + +"Are these the thanks I get for all my toils and struggles? Shall +such a woman-preacher be able to direct? Ah, then, the devil be +your chairman if ever more I set my foot here! I have +kept your petty business in order until to-day; and after me +it will fall into a thousand pieces; but let it go now. Here are +the 'Records!' (and he flung them across the table). Out on such a +company of wenches and brats! (striking the table with his fist). +Out on the whole parish, that it can see a man recompensed as I +now am!" + +He brought down his fist once more with such force, that the leaf +of the great table sprang upward, and the inkstand with all its +contents downward upon the floor, marking for coming generations +the spot where Lars Hogstad, in spite of all his prudence, lost +his patience and his rule. + +He sprang for the door, and soon after was away from the house. +The whole audience stood fixed,--for the power of his voice and +his wrath had frightened them,--until Canute Aakre, remembering +the taunt he had received at the time of his fall, with beaming +countenance, and assuming Lars' voice, exclaimed: + +"Is this the decisive blow in the matter?" + +The assembly burst into uproarious merriment. The grave meeting +closed amid laughter, talk, and high glee; only few left the +place, those remaining called for drink, and made a night of +thunder succeed a day of lightning. They felt happy and +independent as in old days, before the time in which the +commanding spirit of Lars had cowed their souls into silent +obedience. They drank toasts to their liberty, they sang, yes, +finally they danced, Canute Aakre with the vice-chairman taking +lead, and all the members of the council following, and boys and +girls too, while the young ones outside shouted, "hurrah!" for +such a spectacle they had never before witnessed. + +III. + +Lars moved around in the large rooms at Hogstad without uttering a +word. His wife who loved him, but always with fear and trembling, +dared not so much as show herself in his presence. The management +of the farm and house had to go on as it would, while a multitude +of letters were passing to and fro between Hogstad and the parish, +Hogstad and the capital; for he had charges against the county +board which were not acknowledged, and a prosecution ensued; +against the savings-bank, which were also unacknowledged, and so +came another prosecution. He took offence at articles in the +Christiania Correspondence, and prosecuted again, first the +chairman of the county board, and then the directors of the +savings-bank. At the same time there were bitter articles in the +papers, which according to report were by him, and were the cause +of great strife in the parish, setting neighbor against neighbor. +Sometimes he was absent whole weeks at once, nobody knowing where, +and after returning lived secluded as before. At church he was not +seen after the grand scene in the representatives' meeting. + +Then, one Saturday night, the mail brought news that the railroad +was to go through the parish after all, and through the old +churchyard. It struck like lightning into every home. The +unanimous veto of the county board had been in vain; Lars +Hogstad's influence had proved stronger. This was what his absence +meant, this was his work! It was involuntary on the part of the +people that admiration of the man and his dogged persistency +should lessen dissatisfaction at their own defeat; and the more +they talked of the matter the more reconciled they seemed to +become: for whatever has once been settled beyond all change +develops in itself, little by little, reasons why it is so, which +we are accordingly brought to acknowledge. + +In going to church next day, as they encountered each other they +could not help laughing; and before the service, just as nearly +all were convened outside,--young and old, men and women, yes, +even children,--talking about Lars Hogstad, his talents, his +strong will, and his great influence, he himself with his +household came driving up in four carriages. Two years had passed +since he was last there. He alighted and walked through the crowd, +when involuntarily all lifted their hats to him like one man; but +he looked neither to the right nor the left, nor returned a single +salutation. His little wife, pale as death, walked behind him. In +the house, the surprise became so great that, one after another, +noticing him, stopped singing and stared. Canute Aakre, who sat in +his pew in front of Lars', perceiving the unusual appearance and +no cause for it in front, turned around and saw Lars sitting bowed +over his hymn-book, looking for the place. + +He had not seen him until now since the day of the +representatives' meeting, and such a change in a man he never +could have imagined. This was no victor. His head was becoming +bald, his face was lean and contracted, his eyes hollow and +bloodshot, and the giant neck presented wrinkles and cords. At a +glance he perceived what this man had endured, and was as suddenly +seized with a feeling of strong pity, yes, even with a touch of +the old love. In his heart he prayed for him, and promised himself +surely to seek him after service; but, ere he had opportunity, +Lars had gone. Canute resolved he would call upon him at his home +that night, but his wife kept him back. + +"Lars is one of the kind," said she, "who cannot endure a debt of +gratitude: keep away from him until possibly he can in some way do +you a favor, and then perhaps he will come to you." + +However, he did not come. He appeared now and then at church, but +nowhere else, and associated with no one. On the contrary, he +devoted himself to his farm and other business with an earnestness +which showed a determination to make up in one year for the +neglect of many; and, too, there were those who said it was +necessary. + +Railroad operations in the valley began very soon. As the line was +to go directly past his house, Lars remodelled the side facing the +road, connecting with it an elegant verandah, for of course his +residence must attract attention. They were just engaged in this +work when the rails were laid for the conveyance of gravel and +timber, and a small locomotive was brought up. It was a fine +autumn evening when the first gravel train was to come down. Lars +stood on the platform of his house to hear the first signal, and +see the first column of smoke; all the hands on the farm were +gathered around him. He looked out over the parish, lying in the +setting sun, and felt that he was to be remembered so long as a +train should roar through the fruitful valley. A feeling of +forgiveness crept into his soul. He looked toward the churchyard, +of which a part remained, with crosses bowing toward the earth, +but a part had become railroad. He was just trying to define his +feelings, when, whistle went the first signal, and a while after +the train came slowly along, puffing out smoke mingled with +sparks, for wood was used instead of coal; the wind blew toward +the house, and standing there they soon found themselves enveloped +in a dense smoke; but by and by, as it cleared away, Lars saw the +train working through the valley like a strong will. + +He was satisfied, and entered the house as after a long day's +work. The image of his grandfather stood before him at this +moment. This grandfather had raised the family from poverty to +forehanded circumstances; true, a part of his citizen-honor had +been lost, but forward he had pushed, nevertheless. His faults +were those of his time; they were to be found on the uncertain +borders of the moral conceptions of that period, and are of no +consideration now. Honor to him in his grave, for he suffered and +worked; peace to his ashes. It is good to rest at last. But he +could get no rest because of his grandson's great ambition. He was +thrown up with stone and gravel. Pshaw! very likely he would only +smile that his grandson's work passed above his head. + +With such thoughts he had undressed and gone to bed. Again his +grandfather's image glided forth. What did he wish. Surely he +ought to be satisfied now, with the family's honor sounding forth +above his grave; who else had such a monument? But yet, what mean +these two great eyes of fire? This hissing, roaring, is no longer +the locomotive, for see! it comes from the churchyard directly +toward the house: an immense procession! The eyes of fire are his +grandfather's, and the train behind are all the dead. It advances +continually toward the house, roaring, crackling, flashing. The +windows burn in the reflection of dead men's eyes ... he made a +mighty effort to collect himself, "For it was a dream, of course, +only a dream; but let me waken! ... See: now I am awake; come, +ghosts!" + +And behold: they really come from the churchyard, overthrowing +road, rails, locomotive and train with such violence that they +sink in the ground; and then all is still there, covered with sod +and crosses as before. But like giants the spirits advanced, and +the hymn, "Let the dead have rest!" goes before them. He knows it: +for daily in all these years it has sounded through his soul, and +now it becomes his own requiem; for this was death and its +visions. The perspiration started out over his whole body, for +nearer and nearer,--and see there, on the window-pane there, there +they are now; and he heard his name. Overpowered with dread he +struggled to shout, for he was strangling; a dead, cold hand +already clenched his throat, when he regained his voice in a +shrieking "Help me!" and awoke. At that moment the window was +burst in with such force that the pieces flew on to his bed. He +sprang up; a man stood in the opening, around him smoke and +tongues of fire. + +"The house is burning, Lars, we'll help you out!" + +It was Canute Aakre. + +When again he recovered consciousness, he was lying out in a +piercing wind that chilled his limbs. No one was by him; on the +left he saw his burning house; around him grazed, bellowed, +bleated, and neighed his stock; the sheep huddled together in a +terrified flock; the furniture recklessly scattered: but, on +looking around more carefully, he discovered somebody sitting on a +knoll near him, weeping. It was his wife. He called her name. She +started. + +"The Lord Jesus be thanked that you live," she exclaimed, coming +forward and seating herself, or rather falling down before him: "O +God! O God! now we have enough of that railroad!" + +"The railroad?" he asked: but ere he spoke, it had flashed through +his mind how it was; for, of course, the cause of the fire was the +falling of sparks from the locomotive among the shavings by the +new side-wall. He remained sitting, silent and thoughtful; his +wife dared say no more, but was trying to find clothes for him: +the things with which she had covered him, as he lay unconscious, +having fallen off. He received her attentions in silence, but as +she crouched down to cover his feet, he laid a hand upon her head. +She hid her face in his lap, and wept aloud. At last he had +noticed her. Lars understood, and said: + +"You are the only friend I have." + +Although to hear these words had cost the house, no matter, they +made her happy; she gathered courage and said, rising and looking +submissively at him: + +"That is because no one else understands you." + +Now again they talked of all that had transpired, or rather he +remained silent, while she told about it. Canute Aakre had been +first to perceive the fire, had awakened his people, sent the +girls out through the parish, while he himself hastened with men +and horses to the spot where all were sleeping. He had taken +charge of extinguishing the fire and saving the property; Lars +himself he had dragged from the burning room and brought him here +on the left, to the windward,--here, out on the churchyard. + +While they were talking of all this, some one came driving rapidly +up the road and turned off toward them; soon he alighted. It was +Canute, who had been home after his church-wagon; the one in which +so many times they had ridden together to and from the parish +meetings. Now Lars must get in and ride home with him. They took +each other by the hand, one sitting, the other standing. + +"You must come with me now," said Canute, Without reply Lars rose: +they walked side by side to the wagon. Lars was helped in: Canute +seated himself by his side. What they talked about as they rode, +or afterward in the little chamber at Aakre, in which they +remained until morning, has never been known; but from that day +they were again inseparable. + +As soon as disaster befalls a man, all seem to understand his +worth. So the parish took upon themselves to rebuild Lars +Hogstad's houses, larger and handsomer than any others in the +valley. Again he became chairman, but with Canute Aakre at his +side, and from that day all went well. + + + + + + +TWO FRIENDS + +BY + +ALEXANDER KIELLAND + + +From "Tales of Two Countries." Translated by H. H. Boyesen. + + +TWO FRIENDS + +BY + +ALEXANDER KIELLAND + + +No one could understand where he got his money from. But the +person who marvelled most at the dashing and luxurious life led by +Alphonse was his quondam friend and partner. + +After they dissolved partnership, most of the custom and the best +connection passed by degrees into Charles's hands. This was not +because he in any way sought to run counter to his former partner; +on the contrary, it arose simply from the fact that Charles was +the more capable man of the two. And as Alphonse had now to work +on his own account, it was soon clear to any one who observed him +closely, that in spite of his promptitude, his amiability, and his +prepossessing appearance, he was not fitted to be at the head of +an independent business. + +And there was one person who DID observe him closely. Charles +followed him step by step with his sharp eyes; every blunder, +every extravagance, every loss--he knew all to a nicety, and he +wondered that Alphonse could keep going so long. + +They had as good as grown up together. Their mothers were cousins; +the families had lived near each other in the same street; and in +a city like Paris proximity is as important as relationship in +promoting close intercourse. Moreover, the boys went to the same +school. + +Thenceforth, as they grew up to manhood, they were inseparable. +Mutual adaptation overcame the great differences which originally +marked their characters, until at last their idiosyncrasies fitted +into each other like the artfully-carved pieces of wood which +compose the picture-puzzles of our childhood. + +The relation between them was really a beautiful one, such as does +not often arise between two young men; for they did not understand +friendship as binding the one to bear everything at the hands of +the other, but seemed rather to vie with each other in mutual +considerateness. + +If, however, Alphonse in his relation to Charles showed any high +degree of considerateness, he himself was ignorant of it; and if +any one had told him of it he would doubtless have laughed loudly +at such a mistaken compliment. + +For as life on the whole appeared to him very simple and +straightforward, the idea that his friendship should in any way +fetter him was the last thing that could enter his head. That +Charles was his best friend seemed to him as entirely natural as +that he himself danced best, rode best, was the best shot, and +that the whole world was ordered entirely to his mind. + +Alphonse was in the highest degree a spoilt child of fortune; he +acquired everything without effort; existence fitted him like an +elegant dress, and he wore it with such unconstrained amiability +that people forgot to envy him. + +And then he was so handsome. He was tall and slim, with brown hair +and big open eyes; his complexion was clear and smooth, and his +teeth shone when he laughed. He was quite conscious of his beauty, +but, as everybody had petted him from his earliest days, his +vanity was of a cheerful, good-natured sort, which, after all, was +not so offensive. He was exceedingly fond of his friend. He amused +himself and sometimes others by teasing him and making fun of him; +but he knew Charles's face so thoroughly that he saw at once when +the jest was going too far. Then he would resume his natural, +kindly tone, until he made the serious and somewhat melancholy +Charles laugh till he was ill. + +From his boyhood Charles had admired Alphonse beyond measure. He +himself was small and insignificant, quiet and shy. His friend's +brilliant qualities cast a lustre over him as well, and gave a +certain impetus to his life. + +His mother often said: "This friendship between the boys is a real +blessing for my poor Charles, for without it he would certainly +have been a melancholy creature." + +When Alphonse was on all occasions preferred to him, Charles +rejoiced; he was proud of his friend. He wrote his exercises, +prompted him at examination, pleaded his cause with the masters, +and fought for him with the boys. + +At the commercial academy it was the same story. Charles worked +for Alphonse, and Alphonse rewarded him with his inexhaustible +amiability and unfailing good-humor. + +When subsequently, as quite young men, they were placed in the +same banker's office, it happened one day that the principal said +to Charles: "From the first of May I will raise your salary." + +"I thank you," answered Charles, "both on my own and on my +friend's behalf." + +"Monsieur Alphonse's salary remains unaltered," replied the chief, +and went on writing. + +Charles never forgot that morning. It was the first time he had +been preferred or distinguished before his friend. And it was his +commercial capacity, the quality which, as a young man of +business, he valued most, that had procured him this preference; +and it was the head of the firm, the great financier, who had +himself accorded him such recognition. + +The experience was so strange to him that it seemed like an +injustice to his friend. He told Alphonse nothing of the +occurrence; on the contrary, he proposed that they should apply +for two vacant places in the Credit Lyonnais. + +Alphonse was quite willing, for he loved change, and the splendid +new banking establishment on the Boulevard seemed to him far more +attractive than the dark offices in the Rue Bergere. So they +removed to the Credit Lyonnais on the first of May. But as they +were in the chief's office taking their leave, the old banker said +to Charles, when Alphonse had gone out (Alphonse always took +precedence of Charles), "Sentiment won't do for a business man." + +From that day forward a change went on in Charles. He not only +worked as industriously and conscientiously as before, but +developed such energy and such an amazing faculty for labor as +soon attracted to him the attention of his superiors. That he was +far ahead of his friend in business capacity was soon manifest; +but every time he received a new mark of recognition he had a +struggle with himself. For a long time, every advancement brought +with it a certain qualm of conscience; and yet he worked on with +restless ardor. + +One day Alphonse said, in his light, frank way: "You are really a +smart fellow, Charlie! You're getting ahead of everybody, young +and old--not to mention me. I'm quite proud of you." + +Charles felt ashamed. He had been thinking that Alphonse must feel +wounded at being left on one side, and now he learned that his +friend not only did not grudge him his advancement, but was even +proud of him. By degrees his conscience was lulled to rest, and +his solid worth was more and more appreciated. + +But if he was in reality the more capable, how came it that he was +so entirely ignored in society, while Alphonse remained +everybody's darling? The very promotions and marks of appreciation +which he had won for himself by hard work were accorded him in a +dry, business manner; while every one, from the directors to the +messengers, had a friendly word or a merry greeting for Alphonse. + +In the different offices and departments of the bank they +intrigued to obtain possession of Monsieur Alphonse; for a breath +of life and freshness followed ever in the wake of his handsome +person and joyous nature. Charles, on the other hand, had often +remarked that his colleagues regarded him as a dry person, who +thought only of business and of himself. + +The truth was that he had a heart of rare sensitiveness, with no +faculty for giving it expression. + +Charles was one of those small, black Frenchmen whose beard begins +right under the eyes; his complexion was yellowish and his hair +stiff and splintery. His eyes did not dilate when he was pleased +and animated, but they flashed around and glittered. +When he laughed the corners of his mouth turned upward, and many a +time, when his heart was full of joy and good-will, he had seen +people draw back, half-frightened by his forbidding exterior. +Alphonse alone knew him so well that he never seemed to see his +ugliness; every one else misunderstood him. He became suspicious, +and retired more and more within himself. + +In an insensible crescendo the thought grew in him: Why should he +never attain anything of that which he most longed for--intimate +and cordial intercourse and friendliness which should answer to +the warmth pent up within him? Why should every one smile to +Alphonse with out-stretched hands, while he must content himself +with stiff bows and cold glances? + +Alphonse knew nothing of all this. He was joyous and healthy, +charmed with life and content with his daily work. He had been +placed in the easiest and most interesting branch of the business, +and, with his quick brain and his knack of making himself +agreeable, he filled his place satisfactorily. + +His social circle was very large--every one set store by his +acquaintance, and he was at least as popular among women as among +men. + +For a time Charles accompanied Alphonse into society, until he was +seized by a misgiving that he was invited for his friend's sake +alone, when he at once drew back. + +When Charles proposed that they should set up in business +together, Alphonse had answered: "It is too good of you to choose +me. You could easily find a much better partner." + +Charles had imagined that their altered relations and closer +association in work would draw Alphonse out of the circles which +Charles could not now endure, and unite them more closely. For he +had conceived a vague dread of losing his friend. + +He did not himself know, nor would it have been easy to decide, +whether he was jealous of all the people who flocked around +Alphonse and drew him to them, or whether he envied his friend's +popularity. + +They began their business prudently and energetically, and got on +well. + +It was generally held that each formed an admirable complement to +the other. Charles represented the solid, confidence-inspiring +element, while the handsome and elegant Alphonse imparted to the +firm a certain lustre which was far from being without value. + +Every one who came into the counting-house at once remarked his +handsome figure, and thus it seemed quite natural that all should +address themselves to him. + +Charles meanwhile bent over his work and let Alphonse be +spokesman. When Alphonse asked him about anything, he +answered shortly and quietly without looking up. + +Thus most people thought that Charles was a confidential clerk, +while Alphonse was the real head of the house. + +As Frenchmen, they thought little about marrying, but as young +Parisians they led a life into which erotics entered largely. + +Alphonse was never really in his element except when in female +society. Then all his exhilarating amiability came into play, and +when he leaned back at supper and held out his shallow champagne- +glass to be refilled, he was as beautiful as a happy god. + +He had a neck of the kind which women long to caress, and his +soft, half-curling hair looked as if it were negligently arranged, +or carefully disarranged, by a woman's coquettish hand. + +Indeed, many slim white fingers had passed through those locks; +for Alphonse had not only the gift of being loved by women, but +also the yet rarer gift of being forgiven by them. + +When the friends were together at gay supper-parties, Alphonse +paid no particular heed to Charles. He kept no account of his own +love-affairs, far less of those of his friend. So it might easily +happen that a beauty on whom Charles had cast a longing eye fell +into the hands of Alphonse. + +Charles was used to seeing his friend preferred in life; but there +are certain things to which men can scarcely accustom themselves. +He seldom went with Alphonse to his suppers, and it was always +long before the wine and the general exhilaration could bring him +into a convivial humor. + +But then, when the champagne and the bright eyes had gone to his +head, he would often be the wildest of all; he would sing loudly +with his harsh voice, laugh and gesticulate so that his stiff +black hair fell over his forehead; and then the merry ladies +shrank from him, and called him the "chimney-sweep." + +--As the sentry paces up and down in the beleaguered fortress, he +sometimes hears a strange sound in the silent night, as if +something were rustling under his feet. It is the enemy, who has +undermined the outworks, and to-night or to-morrow night there +will be a hollow explosion, and armed men will storm in through +the breach. + +If Charles had kept close watch over himself he would have heard +strange thoughts rustling within him. But he would not hear--he +had only a dim foreboding that sometime there must come an +explosion. + +--And one day it came. + +It was already after business hours; the clerks had all left the +outer office, and only the principals remained behind. + +Charles was busily writing a letter which he wished to +finish before he left. + +Alphonse had drawn on both his gloves and buttoned them. Then he +had brushed his hat until it shone, and now he was walking up and +down and peeping into Charles's letter every time he passed the +desk. + +They used to spend an hour every day before dinner in a cafe on +the great Boulevard, and Alphonse was getting impatient for his +newspapers. + +"Will you never have finished that letter?" he said, rather +irritably. + +Charles was silent a second or two, then he sprang up so that his +chair fell over: "Perhaps Alphonse imagined that he could do it +better? Did he not know which of them was really the man of +business?" And now the words streamed out with that incredible +rapidity of which the French language is capable when it is used +in fiery passion. + +But it was a turbid stream, carrying with it many ugly +expressions, upbraidings, and recriminations; and through the +whole there sounded something like a suppressed sob. + +As he strode up and down the room, with clenched hands and +dishevelled hair, Charles looked like a little wiry-haired terrier +barking at an elegant Italian grayhound. At last he seized his hat +and rushed out. + +Alphonse had stood looking at him with great wondering eyes. When +he was gone, and there was once more silence in the room, it +seemed as though the air was still quivering with the hot words. +Alphonse recalled them one by one, as he stood motionless beside +the desk. + +"Did he not know which was the abler of the two?" Yes, assuredly! +he had never denied that Charles was by far his superior. + +"He must not think that he would succeed in winning everything to +himself with his smooth face." Alphonse was not conscious of ever +having deprived his friend of anything. + +"I don't care for your cocottes" Charles had said. + +Could he really have been interested in the little Spanish dancer? +If Alphonse had only had the faintest suspicion of such a thing he +would never have looked at her. But that was nothing to get so +wild about; there were plenty of women in Paris. + +And at last: "As sure as to-morrow comes, I will dissolve +partnership!" + +Alphonse did not understand it at all. He left the counting-house +and walked moodily through the streets until he met an +acquaintance. That put other thoughts into his head; but all day +he had a feeling as if something gloomy and uncomfortable lay in +wait, ready to seize him so soon as he was alone. + +When he reached home, late at night, he found a letter from +Charles. He opened it hastily; but it contained, instead of the +apology he had expected, only a coldly-worded request to M. +Alphonse to attend at the counting-house early the next morning +"in order that the contemplated dissolution of partnership might +be effected as quickly as possible." + +Now, for the first time, did Alphonse begin to understand that the +scene in the counting-house had been more than a passing outburst +of passion; but this only made the affair more inexplicable. + +And the longer he thought it over, the more clearly did he feel +that Charles had been unjust to him. He had never been angry with +his friend, nor was he precisely angry even now. But as he +repeated to himself all the insults Charles had heaped upon him, +his good-natured heart hardened; and the next morning he took his +place in silence, after a cold "Good morning." + +Although he arrived a whole hour earlier than usual, he could see +that Charles had been working long and industriously. There they +sat, each on his side of the desk; they spoke only the most +indispensable words; now and then a paper passed from hand to +hand, but they never looked each other in the face. + +In this way they both worked--each more busily than the other-- +until twelve o'clock, their usual luncheon-time. + +This hour of dejeuner was the favorite time of both. Their custom +was to have it served in their office, and when the old +housekeeper announced that lunch was ready, they would both rise +at once, even if they were in the midst of a sentence or of an +account. + +They used to eat standing by the fireplace, or walking up and down +in the warm, comfortable office. Alphonse had always some piquant +stories to tell, and Charles laughed at them. These were his +pleasantest hours. + +But that day, when madame said her friendly "Messieurs, on a +servi" they both remained sitting. She opened her eyes wide, and +repeated the words as she went out, but neither moved. + +At last Alphonse felt hungry, went to the table, poured out a +glass of wine and began to eat his cutlet. But as he stood there +eating, with his glass in his hand, and looked round the dear old +office where they had spent so many pleasant hours, and then +thought that they were to lose all this and imbitter their lives +for a whim, a sudden burst of passion, the whole situation +appeared to him so preposterous that he almost burst out laughing. + +"Look here, Charles," he said, in the half-earnest, half-joking +tone which always used to make Charles laugh, "it will really be +too absurd to advertise: 'According to an amicable agreement, from +such and such a date the firm of--'" + +"I have been thinking," interrupted Charles, quietly, "that we +will put: 'According to MUTUAL agreement.'" + +Alphonse laughed no more; he put down his glass, and the cutlet +tasted bitter in his mouth. + +He understood that friendship was dead between them, why or +wherefore he could not tell; but he thought that Charles was hard +and unjust to him. He was now stiffer and colder than the other. + +They worked together until the business of dissolution was +finished; then they parted. + +A considerable time passed, and the two quondam friends worked +each in his own quarter in the great Paris. They met at the +Bourse, but never did business with each other. Charles never +worked against Alphonse; he did not wish to ruin him; he wished +Alphonse to ruin himself. + +And Alphonse seemed likely enough to meet his friend's wishes in +this respect. It is true that now and then he did a good stroke of +business, but the steady industry he had learned from Charles he +soon forgot. He began to neglect his office, and lost many good +connections. + +He had always had a taste for dainty and luxurious living, but his +association with the frugal Charles had hitherto held his +extravagances in check. Now, on the contrary, his life became more +and more dissipated. He made fresh acquaintances on every hand, +and was more than ever the brilliant and popular Monsieur +Alphonse; but Charles kept an eye on his growing debts. + +He had Alphonse watched as closely as possible, and, as their +business was of the same kind, could form a pretty good estimate +of the other's earnings. His expenses were even easier to +ascertain, and he soon assured himself of the fact that Alphonse +was beginning to run into debt in several quarters. + +He cultivated some acquaintances about whom he otherwise cared +nothing, merely because through them he got an insight into +Alphonse's expensive mode of life and rash prodigality. He sought +the same cafes and restaurants as Alphonse, but at different +times; he even had his clothes made by the same tailor, because +the talkative little man entertained him with complaints that +Monsieur Alphonse never paid his bills. + +Charles often thought how easy it would be to buy up a part of +Alphonse's liabilities and let them fall into the hands of a +grasping usurer. But it would be a great injustice to suppose that +Charles for a moment contemplated doing such a thing himself. It +was only an idea he was fond of dwelling upon; he was, as it were, +in love with Alphonse's debts. + +But things went slowly, and Charles became pale and sallow while +he watched and waited. + +He was longing for the time when the people who had always looked +down upon him should have their eyes opened, and see how little +the brilliant and idolized Alphonse was really fit for. He wanted +to see him humbled, abandoned by his friends, lonely and poor; and +then--! + +Beyond that he really did not like to speculate; for at this point +feelings stirred within him which he would not acknowledge. + +He WOULD hate his former friend; he WOULD have revenge for all the +coldness and neglect which had been his own lot in life; and every +time the least thought in defence of Alphonse arose in his mind he +pushed it aside, and said, like the old banker, "Sentiment won't +do for a business man." + +One day he went to his tailor's; he bought more clothes in these +days than he absolutely needed. + +The nimble little man at once ran to meet turn with a roll of +cloth: "See, here is the very stuff for you. Monsieur Alphonse has +had a whole suit made of it, and Monsieur Alphonse is a gentleman +who knows how to dress." + +"I did not think that Monsieur Alphonse was one of your favorite +customers," said Charles, rather taken by surprise. + +"Oh, mon Dieu!" exclaimed the little tailor, "you mean because I +have once or twice mentioned that Monsieur Alphonse owed me a few +thousand francs. It was very stupid of me to speak so. Monsieur +Alphonse has not only paid me the trifle he was owing, but I know +that he has also satisfied a number of other creditors. I have +done ce cher beau monsieur great injustice, and I beg you never to +give him a hint of my stupidity." + +Charles was no longer listening to the chatter of the garrulous +tailor. He soon left the shop, and went up the street, quite +absorbed in the one thought that Alphonse had paid. + +He thought how foolish it really was of him to wait and wait for +the other's ruin. How easily might not the adroit and lucky +Alphonse come across many a brilliant business opening, and make +plenty of money without a word of it reaching Charles's ears. +Perhaps, after all, he was getting on well. Perhaps it would end +in people saying, "See, at last Monsieur Alphonse shows what he is +fit for, now that he is quit of his dull and crabbed partner!" + +Charles went slowly up the street with his head bent. Many people +jostled him, but he heeded not. His life seemed to him so +meaningless, as if he had lost all that he had ever possessed--or +had he himself cast it from him? Just then some one ran against +him with more than usual violence. He looked up. It was an +acquaintance from the time when he and Alphonse had been in the +Credit Lyonnais. + +"Ah, good-day, Monsieur Charles!" cried he, "It is long since we +met. Odd, too, that I should meet you to-day. I was just thinking +of you this morning." + +"Why, may I ask?" said Charles, half absently. + +"Well, you see, only to-day I saw up at the bank a paper--a bill +for thirty or forty thousand francs--bearing both your name and +that of Monsieur Alphonse. It astonished me, for I thought that +you two--hm!--had done with each other." + +"No, we have not quite done with each other yet," said Charles +slowly. + +He struggled with all his might to keep his face calm, and asked, +in as natural a tone as he could command, "When does the bill fall +due? I don't quite recollect." + +"To-morrow or the day after, I think," answered the other, who was +a hard-worked business man, and was already in a hurry to be off. +"It was accepted by Monsieur Alphonse." + +"I know that," said Charles; "but could you not manage to let ME +redeem the bill to-morrow? It is a courtesy--a favor I am anxious +to do." + +"With pleasure. Tell your messenger to ask for me personally at +the bank to-morrow afternoon. I will arrange it; nothing easier. +Excuse me; I'm in a hurry. Good-bye!" and with that he ran on. + +Next day Charles sat in his counting-house waiting for the +messenger who had gone up to the bank to redeem Alphonse's bill. + +At last a clerk entered, laid a folded blue paper by his +principal's side, and went out again. + +Not until the door was closed did Charles seize the draft, look +swiftly round the room, and open it. He stared for a second or two +at his name, then lay back in his chair and drew a deep breath. It +was as he had expected--the signature was a forgery. + +He bent over it again. For long he sat, gazing at his own name, +and observing how badly it was counterfeited. + +While his sharp eyes followed every line in the letters of his +name, he scarcely thought. His mind was so disturbed, and his +feelings so strangely conflicting, that it was some time before he +became conscious how much they betrayed--these bungling strokes on +the blue paper. + +He felt a strange lump in his throat, his nose began to tickle a +little, and, before he was aware of it, a big tear fell on the +paper. + +He looked hastily around, took out his pocket-handkerchief, and +carefully wiped the wet place on the bill. He thought again of the +old banker in the Rue Bergere. + +What did it matter to him that Alphonse's weak character had at +last led him to crime, and what had he lost? Nothing, for did he +not hate his former friend? No one could say it was his fault that +Alphonse was ruined--he had shared with him honestly, and never +harmed him. + +Then his thoughts tamed to Alphonse. He knew him well enough to be +sure that when the refined, delicate Alphonse had sunk so low, he +must have come to a jutting headland in life, and he prepared to +leap out of it rather than let disgrace reach him. + +At this thought Charles sprang up. That must not be. Alphonse +should not have time to send a bullet through his bead and hide +his shame in the mixture of compassion and mysterious horror +which follows the suicide. Thus Charles would lose +his revenge, and it would be all to no purpose that he had gone +and nursed his hatred until he himself had become evil through +it. Since he had forever lost his friend, he would at least expose +his enemy, so that all should see what a miserable, despicable +being was this charming Alphonse. + +He looked at his watch; it was half-past four. Charles knew the +cafe in which he would find Alphonse at this hour; he pocketed the +bill and buttoned his coat. + +But on the way he would call at a police-station, and hand over +the bill to a detective, who at a sign from Charles should +suddenly advance into the middle of the cafe where Alphonse was +always surrounded by his friends and admirers, and say loudly and +distinctly so that all should hear it: + +"Monsieur Alphonse, you are charged with forgery." + +It was raining in Paris. The day had been foggy, raw, and cold; +and well on in the afternoon it had begun to rain. It was not a +downpour--the water did not fall from the clouds in regular +drops--but the clouds themselves had, as it were, laid themselves +down in the streets of Paris and there slowly condensed into water. + +No matter how people might seek to shelter themselves, they got +wet on all sides. The moisture slid down the back of your neck, +laid itself like a wet towel about your knees, penetrated into +your boots and far up your trousers. + +A few sanguine ladies were standing in the portes cocheres, with +their skirts tucked up, expecting it to clear; others waited by +the hour in the omnibus stations. But most of the stronger sex +hurried along under their umbrellas; only a few had been sensible +enough to give up the battle, and had turned up their collars, +stuck their umbrellas under their arms, and their hands in their +pockets. + +Although it was early in the autumn it was already dusk at five +o'clock. A few gas-jets lighted in the narrowest streets, and in a +shop here and there strove to shine out in the thick wet air. + +People swarmed as usual in the streets, jostled one another off +the pavement, and ruined one another's umbrellas. All the cabs +were taken up; they splashed along and bespattered the foot +passengers to the best of their ability, while the asphalt +glistened in the dim light with a dense coating of mud. + +The cafes were crowded to excess; regular customers went round and +scolded, and the waiters ran against each other in their hurry. +Ever and anon, amid the confusion, could be heard the sharp little +ting of the bell on the buffet; it was la dame du comptoir +summoning a waiter, while her calm eyes kept a watch upon the +whole cafe. + +A lady sat at the buffet of a large restaurant on the Boulevard +Sebastopol. She was widely known for her cleverness and her +amiable manners. + +She had glossy black hair, which, in spite of the fashion, she +wore parted in the middle of her forehead in natural curls. Her +eyes were almost black and her mouth full, with a little shadow of +a moustache. + +Her figure was still very pretty, although, if the truth were +known, she had probably passed her thirtieth year; and she had a +soft little hand, with which she wrote elegant figures in her +cashbook, and now and then a little note. Madame Virginie could +converse with the young dandies who were always hanging about the +buffet, and parry their witticisms, while she kept account with +the waiters and had her eye upon every corner of the great room. + +She was really pretty only from five till seven in the afternoon-- +that being the time at which Alphonse invariably visited the cafe. +Then her eyes never left him; she got a fresher color, her mouth +was always trembling into a smile, and her movements became +somewhat nervous. That was the only time of the day when she was +ever known to give a random answer or to make a mistake in the +accounts; and the waiters tittered and nudged each other. + +For it was generally thought that she had formerly had relations +with Alphonse, and some would even have it that she was still his +mistress. + +She herself best knew how matters stood; but it was impossible to +be angry with Monsieur Alphonse. She was well aware that he cared +no more for her than for twenty others; that she had lost him-- +nay, that he had never really been hers. And yet her eyes besought +a friendly look, and when he left the cafe without sending her a +confidential greeting, it seemed as though she suddenly faded, and +the waiters said to each other: "Look at madame; she is gray +tonight." + +Over at the windows it was still light enough to read the papers; +a couple of young men were amusing themselves with watching the +crowds which streamed past. Seen through the great plate-glass +windows, the busy forms gliding past one another in the dense, +wet, rainy air looked like fish in an aquarium. Further back in +the cafe, and over the billiard-tables, the gas was lighted. +Alphonse was playing with a couple of friends. + +He had been to the buffet and greeted Madame Virginie, and she, +who had long noticed how Alphonse was growing paler day by day, +had--half in jest, half in anxiety--reproached him with his +thoughtless life. + +Alphonse answered with a poor joke and asked for absinthe. + +How she hated those light ladies of the ballet and the opera who +enticed Monsieur Alphonse to revel night after night at the +gaming-table, or at interminable suppers! How ill he had been +looking these last few weeks! He had grown quite thin, and the +great gentle eyes had acquired a piercing, restless look. What +would she not give to be able to rescue him out of that life that +was dragging him down! She glanced in the opposite mirror and +thought she had beauty enough left. + +Now and then the door opened and a new guest came in, stamped his +feet, and shut his wet umbrella. All bowed to Madame Virginie, and +almost all said, "What horrible weather!" + +When Charles entered, he saluted shortly and took a seat in the +corner beside the fireplace. + +Alphonse's eyes had indeed become restless. He looked towards the +door every time any one came in; and when Charles appeared, a +spasm passed over his face and he missed his stroke. + +"Monsieur Alphonse is not in the vein to-day," said an onlooker. + +Soon after a strange gentleman came in. Charles looked up from his +paper and nodded slightly; the stranger raised his eyebrows a +little and looked at Alphonse. + +He dropped his cue on the floor. + +"Excuse me, gentlemen, I'm not in the mood for billiards to-day," +said he, "permit me to leave off. Waiter, bring me a bottle of +seltzer-water and a spoon--I must take my dose of Vichy salts." + +"You should not take so much Vichy salts, Monsieur Alphonse, but +rather keep to a sensible diet," said the doctor, who sat a little +way off playing chess. + +Alphonse laughed, and seated himself at the newspaper-table. He +seized the JOURNAL AMUSANT, and began to make merry remarks +upon the illustrations. A little circle quickly gathered +round him, and he was inexhaustible in racy stories and +whimsicalities. + +While he rattled on under cover of the others' laughter, he poured +out a glass of seltzer-water and took from his pocket a little box +on which was written, in large letters, "Vichy Salts." + +He shook the powder out into the glass and stirred it round with a +spoon. There was a little cigar-ash on the floor in front of his +chair; he whipped it off with his pocket-handkerchief, and then +stretched out his hand for the glass. + +At that moment he felt a hand on his arm. Charles had risen and +hurried across the room he now bent down over Alphonse. + +Alphonse turned his head towards him so that none but Charles +could see his face. At first he let his eyes travel furtively over +his old friend's figure; then he looked up, and, gazing straight +at Charles, he said, half aloud, "Charlie!" + +It was long since Charles had heard that old pet name. He gazed +into the well-known face and now for the first time saw how it had +altered of late. It seemed to him as though he were +reading a tragic story about himself. + +They remained thus far a second or two and there glided over +Alphonse's features that expression of imploring helplessness which +Charles knew so well from the old school-days, when Alphonse came +bounding in at the last moment and wanted his composition written. + +"Have you done with the JOURNAL AMUSANT?" asked Charles, with a +thick utterance. + +"Yes; pray take it," answered Alphonse, hurriedly. He reached him +the paper, and at the same time got hold of Charles's thumb. He +pressed it and whispered, "Thanks," then--drained the glass. + +Charles went over to the stranger who sat by the door: "Give me +the bill." + +"You don't need our assistance, then?" + +"No, thanks." + +"So much the better," said the stranger, handing Charles a folded +blue paper. Then he paid for his coffee and went. + +Madame Virginie rose with a little shriek: "Alphonse! Oh, my God! +Monsieur Alphonse is ill." + +He slipped off his chair; his shoulders went up and his head fell +on one side. He remained sitting on the floor, with his back +against the chair. + +There was a movement among those nearest; the doctor sprang over +and knelt beside him. When he looked in Alphonse's face he started +a little. He took his hand as if to feel his pulse, and at the +same time bent down over the glass which stood on the edge of the +table. + +With a movement of the arm he gave it a slight push, so that it +fell on the floor and was smashed. Then he laid down the dead +man's hand and bound a handkerchief round his chin. + +Not till then did the others understand what had happened. "Dead? +Is he dead, doctor? Monsieur Alphonse dead?" + +"Heart disease," answered the doctor. + +One came running with water, another with vinegar. Amid laughter +and noise, the balls could be heard cannoning on the inner +billiard-table. + +"Hush!" some one whispered. "Hush!" was repeated; and the silence +spread in wider and wider circles round the corpse, until all was +quite still. + +"Come and lend a hand," said the doctor. + +The dead man was lifted up; they laid him on a sofa in a corner of +the room, and the nearest gas-jets were put out. + +Madame Virginie was still standing up; her face was chalk-white, +and she held her little soft hand pressed against her breast. They +carried him right past the buffet. The doctor had seized him under +the back, so that his waistcoat slipped up and a piece of his fine +white shirt appeared. + +She followed with her eyes the slender, supple limbs she knew so +well, and continued to stare towards the dark corner. + +Most of the guests went away in silence. A couple of young men +entered noisily from the street; a waiter ran towards them and +said a few words. They glanced towards the corner, buttoned their +coats, and plunged out again into the fog. + +The half-darkened cafe was soon empty; only some of Alphonse's +nearest friends stood in a group and whispered. The doctor was +talking with the proprietor, who had now appeared on the scene. + +The waiters stole to and fro, making great circuits to avoid the +dark corner. One of them knelt and gathered up the fragments of +the glass on a tray. He did his work as quietly as he could; but +for all that it made too much noise. + +"Let that alone until by and by," said the host, softly. + +Leaning against the chimney-piece, Charles looked at the dead man. +He slowly tore the folded paper to pieces, while he thought of his +friend. + + + + + + +HOPES + +BY + +FREDERIKA BREMER + + +The Translation by Mary Howitt. + + +HOPES + +BY + +FREDERIKA BREMER + + +I had a peculiar method of wandering without very much pain along +the stormy path of life. Although, in a physical as well as in a +moral sense, I wandered almost barefoot,-I HOPED, hoped from day +to day; in the morning my hopes rested on evening, in the evening +on the morning; in the autumn; upon the spring, in spring upon the +autumn; from this year to the next, and this amid mere hopes, I +had passed through nearly thirty years of my life, without, of all +my privations, painfully perceiving the want of anything but whole +boots. Nevertheless, I consoled myself easily for this out of +doors in the open air but in a drawing-room it always gave me an +uneasy manner to have to turn the heels, as being the part least +torn, to the front. Much more oppressive was it to me, truly, that +I could in the abodes of misery only console with kind words. + +I comforted myself, like a thousand others, by a hopeful glance +upon the rolling wheel of fortune, and with the philosophical +remark, "When the time comes, comes the counsel." + +As a poor assistant to a country clergyman with a narrow income +and meagre table, morally becoming mouldy in the company of the +scolding housekeeper, of the willingly fuddled clergyman, of a +foolish young gentleman and the daughters of the house, who, with +high shoulders and turned-in toes, went from morning to night +paying visits, I felt a peculiarly strange emotion of tenderness +and joy as one of my acquaintance informed me by writing, that my +uncle, the Merchant P---in Stockholm, to me personally unknown, +now lay dying, and in a paroxysm of kindred affection had inquired +after his good-for-nothing nephew. + +With a flat, meagre little bundle, and a million of rich hopes, +the grateful nephew now allowed himself to be shaken up hill and +down hill, upon an uncommonly uncomfortable and stiff-necked +peasant cart, and arrived, head-over-heels, in the capital. + +In the inn where I alighted, I ordered for myself a little--only a +very little breakfast,--a trifle--a bit of bread-and-butter--a few +eggs. + +The landlord and a fat gentleman walked up and down the saloon and +chatted. "Nay, that I must say," said the fat gentleman, "this +Merchant P--, who died the day before yesterday, he was a fine +fellow." + +"Yes, yes," thought I; "aha, aha, a fellow, who had heaps of +money! Hear you, my friend" (to the waiter), "could not you get me +a bit of venison, or some other solid dish? Hear you, a cup of +bouillon would not be amiss. Look after it, but quick!" + +"Yes," said mine host now, "it is strong! Thirty thousand dollars, +and they banko! Nobody in the whole world could have dreamed of +it--thirty thousand!" + +"Thirty thousand!" repeated I, in my exultant soul, +"thirty thousand! Hear you, waiter! Make haste, give me here +thirty then--; and give me here banko--no give me here a glass of +wine, I mean;" and from head to heart there sang in me, amid the +trumpet-beat of every pulse in alternating echoes, "Thirty thousand! +Thirty thousand!" + +"Yes," continued the fat gentlemen, "and would you believe that in +the mass of debts there are nine hundred dollars for credit +and five thousand dollars for champagne. And now all his +creditors stand there prettily and open their mouths; all the thing +in the house are hardly worth two farthings; and out of the house +they find, as the only indemnification--a calash!" + +"Aha, that is something quite different! Hear you, youth, waiter! +Eh, come you here! take that meat, and the bouillon, and the wine +away again; and hear you, observe well, that I have not eaten a +morsel of all this. How could I, indeed; I, that ever since I +opened my eyes this morning have done nothing else but eat (a +horrible untruth!), and it just now occurs to me that it would +therefore be unnecessary to pay money for such a superfluous +feast." + +"But you have actually ordered it," replied the waiter, in a state +of excitement. + +"My friend," I replied, and seized myself behind the ear, a place +whence people, who are in embarrassment, are accustomed in some +sort of way to obtain the necessary help--"my friend, it was a +mistake for which I must not be punished; for it was not my fault +that a rich heir, for whom I ordered the breakfast, is all at once +become poor,--yes, poorer than many a poor devil, because he has +lost more than the half of his present means upon the future. If +he, under these circumstances, as you may well imagine, cannot pay +for a dear breakfast, yet it does not prevent my paying for the +eggs which I have devoured, and giving you over and above +something handsome for your trouble, as business compels me to +move off from here immediately." + +By my excellent logic, and the "something handsome," I removed +from my throat, with a bleeding heart and a watering mouth, that +dear breakfast, and wandered forth into the city, with my little +bundle under my arm, to seek for a cheap room, while I considered +where I w as to get the money for it. + +In consequence of the violent coming in contact of hope and +reality I had a little headache. But when I saw upon my ramble a +gentleman, ornamented with ribbons and stars, alight from a +magnificent carriage, who had a pale yellow complexion, a deeply- +wrinkled brow, and above his eyebrows an intelligible trace of ill- +humour; when I saw a young count, with whom I had become +acquainted in the University of Upsala, walking along as if he +were about to fall on his nose from age and weariness of life, +I held up my head, inhaled the air, which accidentally +(unfortunately) at this place was filled with the smell of smoked +sausage, and extolled poverty, and a pure heart. + +I found at length, in a remote street, a little room, which was +more suited to my gloomy prospects than to the bright hopes which +I cherished two hours before. + +I had obtained permission to spend the winter in Stockholm, and +had thought of spending it in quite a different way to what now +was to be expected. But what was to be done? To let the courage +sink was the worst of all; to lay the hands in the lap and look up +to heaven, not much better. "The sun breaks forth when one least +expects it," thought I, as heavy autumn clouds descended upon the +city. I determined to use all the means I could to obtain for myself a +decent substance with a somewhat pleasanter prospect for the future, +than was opened to me under the miserable protection of Pastor G., and, +in the meantime, to earn my daily bread by copying,--a sorrowful +expedient in a sorrowful condition. + +Thus I passed my days amid fruitless endeavors to find ears which +might not be deaf, amid the heart-wearing occupation of writing +out fairly the empty productions of empty heads, with my dinners +becoming more and more scanty, and with ascending hopes, until +that evening against whose date I afterwards made a cross in my +calendar. + +My host had just left me with the friendly admonition to pay the +first quarter's rent on the following day, if I did not prefer +(the politeness is French) to march forth again with bag and +baggage on a voyage of discovery through the streets of the city. + +It was just eight o'clock, on an indescribably cold November +evening, when I was revived with this affectionate salutation on +my return from a visit to a sick person, for whom I, perhaps-- +really somewhat inconsiderately, had emptied my purse. + +I snuffed my sleepy, thin candle with my fingers, and glanced +around the little dark chamber, for the further use of which I +must soon see myself compelled to gold-making. + +"Diogenes dwelt worse," sighed I, with a submissive mind, as I +drew a lame table from the window where the wind and rain were not +contented to stop outside. At that moment my eye fell upon a +brilliantly blazing fire in a kitchen, which lay, Tantalus-like, +directly opposite to my modest room, where the fireplace was as +dark as possible. + +"Cooks, men and women, have the happiest lot of all serving +mortals!" thought I, as, with a secret desire to play that fire- +tending game, I contemplated the well-fed dame, amid iron pots and +stewpans, standing there like an empress in the glory of the +firelight, and with the fire-tongs sceptre rummaging about +majestically in the glowing realm. + +A story higher, I had, through a window, which was concealed by no +envious curtain, the view into a brightly lighted room, where a +numerous family were assembled round a tea-table covered with cups +and bread baskets. + +I was stiff in my whole body, from cold and damp. How empty it was +in that part which may be called the magazine, I do not say; but, +ah, good Heavens! thought I, if, however, that pretty girl, who +over there takes a cop of tea-nectar and rich splendid rusks to +that fat gentleman who, from satiety, can hardly raise himself +from the sofa, would but reach out her lovely hand a little +further, and could--she would with a thousand kisses--in vain!-- +ah, the satiated gentleman takes his cup; he steeps and steeps his +rusk with such eternal slowness--it might be wine. Now the +charming girl caresses him. I am curious whether it is the dear +papa himself or the uncle, or, perhaps--Ah, the enviable mortal! +But no, it is quite impossible; he is at least forty years older +than she. See, that indeed must be his wife--an elderly lady, who +sits near him on the sofa, and who offers rusks to the young lady. +The old lady seems very dignified; but to whom does she go now? I +cannot see the person. An ear and a piece of a shoulder are all +that peep forth near the window. I cannot exactly take it amiss +that the respectable person turns his back to me; but that he +keeps the young lady a quarter of an hour standing before him, +lets her courtesy and offer her good things, does thoroughly +provoke me. It must be a lady--a man could not be so unpolite +towards this angelic being. But--or--now she takes the cup; and +now, oh, woe! a great man's hand grasps into the rusk-basket--the +savage! and how he helps himself--the churl! I should like to know +whether it is her brother,--he was perhaps hungry, poor fellow! +Now come in, one after the other, two lovely children, who are +like the sister. I wonder now, whether the good man with one ear +has left anything remaining. That most charming of girls, how she +caresses the little ones, and kisses them, and gives to them all +the rusks and the cakes that have escaped the fingers of Monsieur +Gobble. Now she has had herself, the sweet child! of the whole +entertainment, no more than me--the smell. + +What a movement suddenly takes place in the room! The old +gentleman heaves himself up from the sofa--the person with one ear +starts forward, and in so doing, gives the young lady a blow (the +dromedary!) which makes her knock against the tea-table, whereby +the poor lady, who was just about springing up from the sofa, is +pushed down again--the children hop about and clap their hands-- +the door flies open--a young officer enters--the young girl throws +herself into his arms. So, indeed! Aha, now we have it! I put to +my shutters so violently that they cracked, and seated myself on a +chair, quite wet through with rain, and with my knees trembling. + +What had I to do at the window? That is what one gets when one is +inquisitive. + +Eight days ago, this family had removed from the country into the +handsome house opposite to me; and it had never yet occurred to me +to ask who they were, or whence they came. What need was there for +me to-night to make myself acquainted with their domestic concerns +in an illicit manner? How could it interest me? I was in an ill-humor; +perhaps, too, I felt some little heartache. But for all that, true +to my resolution, not to give myself up to anxious thoughts when they +could do no good, I seized the pen with stiff fingers, and, in order +to dissipate my vexation, wished to attempt a description of domestic +happiness, of a happiness which I had never enjoyed. For the rest, I +philosophized whilst I blew upon my stiffened hands. "Am I the first +who, in the hot hour of fancy, has sought for a warmth which the stern +world of reality has denied him? Six dollars for a measure of fir-wood. +Yes, prosit, thou art not likely to get it before December! I write! + +"Happy, threefold happy, the family, in whose narrow, contracted +circle no heart bleeds solitarily, or solitarily rejoices! No +look, no smile, remains unanswered; and where the friends say +daily, not with words but with deeds, to each other, 'Thy cares, +thy joys, thy happiness, are mine also!'" + +"Lovely is the peaceful, the quiet home, which closes itself +protectingly around the weary pilgrim through life--which, around +its friendly blazing hearth, assembles for repose the old man +leaning on his staff, the strong man, the affectionate wife, and +happy children, who, shouting and exulting, hop about in their +earthly heaven, and closing a day spent in the pastimes of +innocence, repeat a thanksgiving prayer with smiling lips, and +drop asleep on the bosom of their parents, whilst the gentle voice +of the mother tells them, in whispered cradle-tones, how around +their couch-- + + "The little angels in a ring, + Stand round about to keep + A watchful guard upon the bed + Where little children sleep." + +Here I was obliged to leave off, because I felt something +resembling a drop of rain come forth from my eye, and therefore +could not any longer see clearly. + +"How many," thought I, as my reflections, against my will, took a +melancholy turn--"how many are there who must, to their sorrow, do +without this highest happiness of earthly life--domestic +happiness!" + +For one moment I contemplated myself in the only whole glass which +I had in my room--that OF TRUTH,--and then wrote again with gloomy +feeling:--"Unhappy, indeed, may the forlorn one be called, who, in +the anxious and cool moments of life (which, indeed, come so +often), is pressed to no faithful heart, whose sigh nobody +returns, whose quiet grief nobody alleviates with a 'I understand +thee, I suffer with thee!' + +"He is cast down, nobody raises him up; he weeps, nobody sees it, +nobody will see it; he goes, nobody follows him; he comes, nobody +goes to meet him; he rests, nobody watches over him. He is lonely. +Oh, how unfortunate he is! Why dies he not? Ah, who would weep for +him? How cold is a grave which no warm tears of love moisten! + +"He is lonesome in the winter night; for him the earth has no +flowers, and dark burn the lights of heaven. Why wanders he, the +lonesome one; why waits he; why flies he not, the shadow, to the +land of shades? Ah, he still hopes, he is a mendicant who begs for +joy, who yet waits in the eleventh hour, that a merciful hand may +give him an alms. + +"One only little blossom of earth will he gather, bear it upon his +heart, in order henceforth not so lonesomely, not so entirely +lonesome, to wander down to rest." + +It was my own condition which I described. I deplored myself. + +Early deprived of my parents, without brothers and sisters, +friends, and relations, I stood in the world yet so solitary and +forlorn, that but for an inward confidence in heaven, and a +naturally happy temper, I should often enough have wished to leave +this contemptuous world; till now, however, I had almost +constantly hoped from the future, and this more from an +instinctive feeling that this might be the best, than to subdue by +philosophy every too vivid wish for an agreeable present time, +because it was altogether so opposed to possibility. For some +time, however, alas! it had been otherwise with me; I felt, and +especially this evening, more than ever an inexpressible desire to +have somebody to love,--to have some one about me who would cleave +to me--who would be a friend to me;--in short, to have (for me the +highest felicity on earth) a wife--a beloved, devoted wife! Oh, +she would comfort me, she would cheer me! her affection, even in +the poorest hut, would make of me a king. That the love-fire of my +heart would not insure the faithful being at my side from being +frozen was soon made clearly sensible to me by an involuntary +shudder. More dejected than ever, I rose up and walked a few times +about my room (that is to say, two steps right forward, and then +turn back again). The sense of my condition followed me like the +shadow on the wall, and for the first time in my life I felt +myself cast down, and threw a gloomy look on my dark future. I had +no patron, therefore could not reckon upon promotion for a long +time; consequently, also, not upon my own bread--on a friend--a +wife, I mean. + +"But what in all the world," said I yet once more seriously to +myself, "what helps beating one's brains?" Yet once more I tried +to get rid of all anxious thoughts. "If, however, a Christian soul +could only come to me this evening! Let it be whoever it would-- +friend or foe--it would be better than this solitude. Yes, even if +an inhabitant of the world of spirits opened the door, he would be +welcome to me! What was that? Three blows on the door! I will not, +however, believe it--again three!" I went and opened; there was +nobody there; only the wind went howling up and down the stairs. I +hastily shut the door again, thrust my hands into my pockets, and +went up and down for a while, humming aloud. Some moments +afterwards I fancied I heard a sigh--I was silent, and listened,-- +again there was very evidently a sigh--and yet once again, so deep +and so mournful, that I exclaimed with secret terror, "Who is +there?" No answer. + +For a moment I stood still, and considered what this really could +mean, when a horrible noise, as if cats were sent with yells +lumbering down the whole flight of stairs, and ended with a mighty +blow against my door, put an end to my indecision. I took up the +candle, and a stick, and went out. At the moment when I opened the +door my light was blown out. A gigantic white figure glimmered +opposite to me, and I felt myself suddenly embraced by two strong +arms. I cried for help, and struggled so actively to get loose +that both myself and my adversary fell to the ground, but so that +I lay uppermost. Like an arrow I sprang again upright, and was +about to fetch a light, when I stumbled over something--Heaven +knows what it was (I firmly believe that somebody held me fast by +the feet), by which I fell a second time, struck my head on the +corner of the table, and lost my consciousness, whilst a +suspicions noise, which had great resemblance to laughter, +rang in my ears. + +When I again opened my eyes, they met a dazzling blaze of light. I +closed them again, and listened to a confused noise around me-- +opened them again a very little, and endeavoured to distinguish +the objects which surrounded me, which appeared to me so +enigmatical and strange that I almost feared my mind had vanished. +I lay upon a sofa, and--no, I really did not deceive myself,--that +charming girl, who on this evening had so incessantly floated +before my thoughts, stood actually beside me, and with a heavenly +expression of sympathy bathed my head with vinegar. A young man +whose countenance seemed known to me held my hand between his. I +perceived also the fat gentleman, another thin one, the lady, the +children, and in distant twilight I saw the shimmer of the +paradise of the tea-table; in short, I found myself by an +incomprehensible whim of fate amidst the family which an hour +before I had contemplated with such lively sympathy. + +When I again had returned to full consciousness, the young man +embraced me several times with military vehemence. + +"Do you then no longer know me?" cried he indignantly, as he saw +me petrified body and soul. "Have you then forgotten August D--, +whose life a short time since you saved at the peril of your own? +whom you so handsomely fished up, with danger to yourself, from +having for ever to remain in the uninteresting company of fishes? +See here, my father, my mother, my sister, Wilhelmina!" + +I pressed his hand; and now the parents embraced me. With a stout +blow of the fist upon the table, August's father exclaimed, "And +because you have saved my son's life, and because you are such a +downright honest and good fellow, and have suffered hunger +yourself--that you might give others to eat--you shall really have +the parsonage at H--. Yes, you shall become clergyman, I say!--I +have jus patronatum, you understand!" + +For a good while I was not at all in a condition to comprehend, to +think, or to speak; and before all had been cleared up by a +thousand explanations, I could understand nothing clearly +excepting that Wilhelmina was not--that Wilhelmina was August's +sister. + +He had returned this evening from a journey of service, during +which, in the preceding summer, chance had given to me the good +fortune to rescue him from a danger, into which youthful heat and +excess of spirit had thrown him. I had not seen him again since +this occurrence; earlier, I had made a passing acquaintance with +him, had drunk brotherhood with him at the university, and after +that had forgotten my dear brother. + +He had now related this occurrence to his family, +with the easily kindled-up enthusiasm of youth, together with +what he knew of me beside, and what he did not know. The father, +who had a living in his gift, and who (as I afterwards found) had +made from his window some compassionate remarks upon my meagre +dinner-table, determined, assailed by the prayers of his son, to +raise me from the lap of poverty to the summit of good fortune. +August would in his rapture announce to me my good luck instantly, +and in order, at the same time, to gratify his passion for merry +jokes, made himself known upon my stairs in a way which occasioned +me a severe, although not dangerous, contusion on the temples, and +the unexpected removal across the street, out of the deepest +darkness into the brightest light. The good youth besought a +thousand times forgiveness for his thoughtlessness; a thousand +times I assured him that it was not worth the trouble to speak of +such a trifling blow. And, in fact, the living was a balsam which +would have made a greater wound than this imperceptible also. + +Astonished, and somewhat embarrassed, I now perceived that the ear +and the shoulder, whose possessor had seized so horribly upon the +contents of the rusk basket, and over whom I had poured out my +gall belonged to nobody else than to August's father, and my +patron. The fat gentleman who sat upon the sofa was Wilhelmina's +uncle. + +The kindness and gayety of my new friends made me soon feel at +home and happy. The old people treated me like a child of the +house, the young ones as a brother, and the two little ones seemed +to anticipate a gingerbread-friend in me. + +After I had received two cups of tea from Wilhelmina's pretty +hand, to which I almost feared taking, in my abstraction of mind, +more rusks than my excellent patron, I rose up to take my leave. +They insisted absolutely upon my passing the night there; but I +abode by my determination of spending the first happy night in my +old habitation, amid thanksgiving to the lofty Ruler of my fate. + +They all embraced me afresh; and I now also embraced all rightly, +from the bottom of my heart, Wilhelmina also, although not without +having gracious permission first. "I might as well have left that +alone," thought I afterwards, "if it is to be the first and last +time!" August accompanied me back. + +My host stood in my room amid the overturned chairs and tables, +with a countenance which alternated between rain and sunshine; on +one side his mouth drew itself with a reluctant smile up to his +ear, on the other it crept for vexation down to his double chin; +the eyes followed the same direction, and the whole had a look of +a combat, till the tone in which August indicated to him +that he should leave us alone, changed all into the most friendly, +grinning mien, and the proprietor of the same vanished from the +door with the most submissive bows. + +August was in despair about my table, my chair, my bed, and so on. +It was with difficulty that I withheld him from cudgelling the +host who would take money for such a hole. I was obliged to +satisfy him with the most holy assurances, that on the following +day I would remove without delay. "But tell him," prayed August, +"before you pay him, that he is a villain, a usurer, a cheat, a-- +or if you like, I will--" + +"No, no; heaven defend us!" interrupted I, "be quiet, and let me +only manage." + +After my young friend had left me, I passed several happy hours in +thinking on the change in my fate, and inwardly thanking God for +it. My thoughts then rambled to the parsonage; and heaven knows +what fat oxen and cows, what pleasure grounds, with flowers, +fruits, and vegetables, I saw in spirit surrounding my new +paradise, where my Eve walked by my side, and supported on my arm; +and especially what an innumerable crowd of happy and edified +people I saw streaming from the church when I had preached. I +baptized, I confirmed, I comforted my beloved community in the +zeal and warmth of my heart--and forgot only the funerals. + +Every poor clergyman who has received a living, every mortal, +especially to whom unexpectedly a long-cherished wish has been +accomplished, will easily picture to himself my state. + +Later in the night it sunk at last like a veil before my eyes, and +my thoughts fell by degrees into a bewilderment which exhibited on +every hand strange images. I preached with a loud voice in my +church, and the congregation slept. After the service, the people +came out of the church like oxen and cows, and bellowed against me +when I would have admonished them. I wished to embrace my wife, +but could not separate her from a great turnip, which increased +every moment, and at last grew over both our heads. I endeavored +to climb up a ladder to heaven, whose stars beckoned kindly and +brightly to me; but potatoes, grass, vetches, and peas, entangled +my feet unmercifully, and hindered every step. At last I saw +myself in the midst of my possessions walking upon my head, and +whilst in my sleepy soul I greatly wondered how this was possible, +I slept soundly in the remembrance of my dream. Yet then, however, +I must unconsciously have continued the chain of my pastoral +thoughts, for I woke in the morning with the sound of my own voice +loudly exclaiming, "Amen." + +That the occurrences of the former evening were actual truth, and +no dream, I could only convince myself with difficulty, till August +paid me a visit, and invited me to dine with his parents. + +The living, Wilhelmina, the dinner, the new chain of hopes for the +future which beamed from the bright sun of the present, all +surprised me anew with a joy, which one can feel very well, but +never can describe. + +Out of the depths of a thankful heart, I saluted the new life +which opened to me, with the firm determination that, let happen +what might, yet always TO DO THE RIGHT, AND TO HOPE FOR THE BEST. + +Two years after this, I sat on an autumn evening in my beloved +parsonage by the fire. Near to me sat my dear little wife, my +sweet, Wilhelmina, and spun. I was just about to read to her a +sermon which I intended to preach on the next Sunday, and from +which I promised myself much edification, as well for her as for +the assembled congregation. Whilst I was turning over the leaves, +a loose paper fell out. It was the paper upon which, on that evening +two years before, in a very different situation, I had written down +my cheerful and my sad thoughts. I showed it to my wife. She read, +smiled with a tear in her eye, and with a roguish countenance which, +as I fancy, is particular to her, took the pen and wrote on the other +side of the paper: + +"The author can now, thank God, strike out a description which +would stand in perfect contrast to that which he once, in a dark +hour, sketched of an unfortunate person, as he himself was then. + +"Now he is no more lonesome, no more deserted. His quiet sighs are +answered, his secret griefs shared, by a wife tenderly devoted to +him. He goes, her heart follows him; he comes back, she meets him +with smiles; his tears flow not unobserved, they are dried by her +hand, and his smiles beam again in hers; for him she gathers +flowers, to wreathe around his brow, to strew in his path. He has +his own fireside, friends devoted to him, and, counts as his +relations all those who have none of their own. He loves, he is +beloved; he can make people feel happy, he is himself happy." + +Truly had my Wilhelmina described the present; and, animated by +feelings which are gay and delicious as the beams of the spring +sun, I will now, as hitherto, let my little troop of light hopes +bound out into the future. + +I hope, too, that my sermon for the next Sunday may not be without +benefit to my hearers; and even if the obdurate should sleep, I +hope that neither this nor any other of the greater or the less +unpleasantnesses which can happen to me may go to my heart and +disturb my rest. I know my Wilhelmina, and believe also that I +know myself sufficiently, to hope with certainty that I may always +make her happy. The sweet angel has given me hope that we may soon +be able to add a little creature to our little happy family, I +hope, in the future, to be yet multiplied. For my children I have +all kinds of hopes _in petto_. If I have a son, I hope that he will be +my successor; if I have a daughter, then--if August would wait-- +but I fancy that he is just about to be married. + +I hope in time to find a publisher for my sermons. I hope to live +yet a hundred years with my wife. + +We--that is to say, my Wilhelmina and I--hope, during this time, +to be able to dry a great many tears, and to shed as few ourselves +as our lot, as children of the earth, may permit. + +We hope not to survive each other. + +Lastly, we hope always to be able to hope; and when the hour comes +that the hopes of the green earth vanish before the clear light of +eternal certainty, then we hope that the All-good Father may pass +a mild sentence upon His greatful and, in humility, hoping +children. + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, STORIES BY FOREIGN AUTHORS *** + +This file should be named strsb10.txt or strsb10.zip +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, strsb11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, strsb10a.txt + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04 + +Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* + diff --git a/old/strsb10.zip b/old/strsb10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c89a0a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/strsb10.zip |
